OPERATING MANUAL

FOR
DRILLING RIG POWER EQUIPMENT
USING MODEL SR POWER UNITS

May, 1967

SERVICE DEPARTMENT

Electro-Motive Division GM
La Grange, Illinois I

MARK OF EXCELLENCE

Litho in U.S.A.
14625
 INTRODUCTION
!

T h i s m a n u a l h a s been p r e p a r e d to s e r v e as a guide to p e r s o n n e l e n g a g e d in the

r i g g i n g - u p and o p e r a t i o n of G e n e r a l M o t o r s M o d e l s SR-11E and SR-12E p o w e r
e q u i p m e n t designed f o r use with w e l l d r i l l i n g r i g s .

Appendix A to the m a n u a l c o v e r s the S R - 1 6 E d r i l l i n g r i g p o w e r equipment.

T h i s m a n u a l is divided into s e v e n s e c t i o n s as follows:

Section 1 -- G e n e r a l D e s c r i p t i o n
P r o v i d e s a d e s c r i p t i o n of p r i n c i p a l o p e r a t i n g c o m p o n e n t s .

Section 2 -- M e c h a n i c a l E q u i p m e n t An~d S y s t e m s ,~ ' :'

!1
D e S c r i b e s the d i e s e l engine and i t s fuel, cooling, and :,lubricating o i l
s y s t e m s . A l s o d e s c r i b e s e q u i p m e n t u s e d to t r a n s m i t m e c h a n i c a l powel-
to the g e n e r a t o r s .

Section 3 -- E l e c t r i c a l C o n t r o l s
Explains t h e functions of c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t u s e d d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n .

Section 4 -- E l e c t r i c a l E q u i p m e n t And C i r c u i t s
Explains f u n c t i o n s of p r i n c i p a l e q u i p m e n t c o m p o n e n t s and s y s t e m s .

Section 5 -- Riggingi-- U p ,. I i
P b
: ip
J
ProV'ides rigging--up p:roceduresll r e l a t e d to pipe and c a b l e connections:,

Section 6 - - Operation

Outlines r e c o m m e n d e d p r o c e d u r e s f o r o p e r a t i o n of the d r i l l i n g rig

p o w e r equipment.

Section 7 -- Trouble Shooting

D e s c r i b e s c a u s e , l o c a t i o n , and c o r r e c t i o n of p o s s i b l e t r o u b l e s
occurring during operation.

A block of 100 page n u m b e r s is a l l o c a t e d to e a c h s e c t i o n , Section 1 s t a r t i n g with p a g e

100, Section 2 with 200, and the o t h e r s following in that m a n n e r . F i g u r e s a r e i d e n t i f i e d
by s e c t i o n and s e q u e n c e . F o r e x a m p l e : Fig, 2-3 is the t h i r d f i g u r e in Section 2.
I I

To obtain m o s t benefit f r o m t h i s m a n u a l , it is r e c o m m e n d e d that the s e c t i o n s be r e a d

in the s e q u e n c e i n which they a p p e a r . H o w e v e r the r e a d i n g of S e c t i o n s 2, 3~ and 4 m a y
be d e f e r r e d if a g e n e r a l o p e r a t i n g k n o w l e d g e is of i m m e d i a t e c o n c e r n .
 GENERAL DATA

Model Designation SR-II SR-12

Diesel Engine 8-645EI 12-645EI

Operating Principle 2 Stroke Cycle, Blower
S c a v e n g e d , Unit I n j e c t i o n
f

Cylinder Arrangement 45 d e g r e e "V"

Number of Cylinders
Bore and Stroke 9 - 1 / 1 6 " x 10"
Operating Speeds
Idle Speed 315 315
Low Speed 475 475
Medium Speed 730 730
High Speed 900 900

Rated Horsepower @900 RPM 1100 1650

Fuel Consumption (Nominal)
At Idle 2 Gal. p e r hr. 3 Gal. p e r h r .
Full Load 65 Gal° p e r hr. 96 Gal. p e r h r .
Lube Oil Capacity
Engine and Rack 120 Gal. 2 5 0 Gal.
Gear Case 28 Galo 28 Gal. -
Jacket Water Capacity
Air Cooled 107 Gal. E x t e r n a l Cooling T o w e r
Water Cooled 107 Gal. 193 Gal.
Generator Rating 645 KW (D79G)
I
Drive Motor Rating 800 HP at Approx. 1,200 RPM
l

Blower Motor Rating 7.5 HP

I
Power Unit Assembly (Nominal Dimensions and Weights)
Length (Air and Water Cooled) 25 ft. 28 ft.
Width (Air and Water Cooled) 8 fto 10 ft.
Height (Air and Water Cooled) 10 ft. 10 ft.
Weight of Air Cooled Units
Dry 53,800 pounds 58,350 pounds
Wet 55,680 62,300
Weight of Water Cooled Units
Dry 52,800 59,350
Wet 54,680 63,300
 o=
¢

t: rQ ~'! 'g ]

i
• ~

l
*F..4

r/1
N
O
O
N

I
I

. J

. . . . . . . j~ .,.-4

i I m _~,_~
t '

ir
 APPENDIX A

GENERAL DATA

Model Designation SR16

Diesel Engine
Operating P r i n c i p l e 2 Stroke Cycle, Blower Scavenged,
Unit Injection

Cylinder Arrangement 45 d e g r e e "V"

N u m b e r Of C y l i n d e r s 16

B o r e And Stroke 9 - 1 / 1 6 " × 10"

Operating Speeds
Idle 315 RPM
Low 475
Medium 730
High 900

Rated H o r s e p o w e r @ 900 RPM 2200

F u e l Consumption (Nominal)
At Idle 4'1/2 Gal./Hr.
Full Load 127 Gal./Hr.

Lube Oil Capacity

Engine And Rack 274 Gal.
Gear Case 28 Gal.

J a c k e t Water Capacity 240 Gal.

Generator Rating D32 - 1500 KW D79 - 645 KW

Dri ve Motor Rating 800 HP At Approximately 1200 RPM

Blower Motor Rating 7.5 H o r s e p o w e r •

P o w e r Unlit A s s e m b l y Nominal Dimensions And Weights

Length 33'
Width 10'
Height 10'

Weight Of Water Cooled Units

Dry 79,860
Wet 84,020

- 1 -
 APPENDIX
The p r i m a r y d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n the SR-
12E and the SR-16E d r i l l i n g r i g p o w e r
unit, F i g . A-1 and A-2, lies in the appli-
cation of a D32 1500 KW DC g e n e r a t o r in
addition to the two 645 KWD79 g e n e r a t o r s .
Engine s i z e is i n c r e a s e d to 16 c y l i n d e r s
to a c c o m m o d a t e the added g e n e r a t o r c a p a -
city. M i n o r changes a r e m a d e in the
e q u i p m e n t r a c k , but the s y s t e m g e n e r a l l y
r e m a i n s c o m p a r a b l e to the SR-12E p o w e r
unit.
I n f o r m a t i o n contained in the b a s i c m a n u a l
for the Model SR power units is g e n e r a l l y
i a p p l i c a b l e to the SR-16E p o w e r uniL Con-
'1
t r o l of the engine c o m p a r e s t o that d e s -
6 r i b e d f o r the SR-12E unit, and the e x c i -
tation s y s t e m ' used for both the D32 and
the D79 g e n e r a t o r s is the s a m e as that
e m p l o y e d f o r the SR-12E. T h a t is, gen-
e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n is a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h
u s e of m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r s that use AC
c u r r e n t f r o m a s e p a r a t e s o u r c e . Output
of the m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r s is c o n t r o l l e d
by a u t o t r a n s f o r m e r s at the d r i l l e r ' s c o n -
t r o l c a b i n e t o r pump c o n t r o l c a b i n e t s .
,I
As is ihe case ~vith any power unit arrange-
ment, SR-11E, SR-12E; o r SR-16E • d r i l l -
e r ' s c o n t r o l cabinet and m o t o r contr01
cabinet configurations a r e dependent upon
Fig. A-1 -- Model SR-16E D r i l l i n g Rig P o w e r Unit
-2-
A
the r e q u i r e m e n t s of the p a r t i c u l a r i n s t a l -
lation. Sample o p e r a t i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s and
sample component descriptions must suf-
fice for a general instructional manual.
Such i n f o r m a t i o n as a p p e a r s as a guide in
the b a s i c Model SR m a n u a l is e q u a l l y
applicable to the g r e a t v a r i e t y p o s s i b l e
w h e n SR-16E p o w e r units a r e involved in
an i n s t a l l a t i o n .
RIGGING UP SR-16E UNITS
S e c t i o n 5 of, the b a s i c m a n u a l p r o ~ d e s
g e n e r a l i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t : m a y be Used as a
guide during ri g ng of sR-16E unitSi
h o w e v e r , i n s t a l l a t i o n b l u e p r i n t s m u s t be
t
c o n s u l t e d f o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n . Data
r e g a r d i n g the r i g g i n g up of any p a r t i c u l a r
i n s t a l l a t i o n will be s u p p l i e d upon r e q u e s t
f r o m E l e c t r o - M o t i v e Division, G e n e r a l
M o t o r s C o r p o r a t i o n , L a Grange, I l l i n o i s .
EXTERNAL AIR CONNECTIONS:
!,
C o m p r e s s e d a i r ! r e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t y should
: be a m i n i m u m of 35 'cubic f e e t f o r a 16
c y l i n d e r engine': R e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t y
s h o u l d be i n c r e a s e d 11 c u b i c feet~for e a c h
additional power unit.
14468
A PPE NDIX

0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0

O O m ~ o ~ o

~~~iooo
®® ~NO <
;:::I ",",

~ .

0
!
~ 0
"~
, ~.~_
.aa ~,oo
0

a~ Q)
0
0

I-'1
!

~.~

M ~ I
!
o, °~ o ~ ~ ~ -~ <

-8-
 A PPE NDIX
EXTERNAL FUEL CONNECTIONS
The s i z e of pipe r e q u i r e d f o r the fuel
s u c t i o n line will depend upon the d i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n the fuel tank and the engine. It is
s u g g e s t e d that at l e a s t 1 inch pipe o r
tubing be u s e d in n o r m a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s .
U n d e r no c i r c u m s t a n c e s should galvanized
pipe, fittings, o r tanks b e used f o r s t o r a g e
o r supply.
T h e s i z e of r e t u r n fuel pipe should be 3/4
inch m i n i m u m . .....
DC POWER CONNECTIONS
R e f e r to page 500 in t h e b a s i c Model SR
manual.
AC POWER CONNECTIONS
AC p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e as l i s t e d in
the b a s i c m a n u a l , but additional power is
r e q u i r e d f o r excitation of the D32 g e n e r -
a t o r as follows:
I i
i 5 KVA, 220 o r 440 volts 3 : p h a s e A C f o r
e x c i t a t i o n o f e a c h I)32 g e n e r a t o r .
EXHAUST PIPING
On s o m e installations it m a y b e n e c e s s a r y
to d i r e c t engine exhaust t h r o u g h e x t e n s i v e
p i p e w o r k . When installing e x h a u s t pipe-
work, c o n s i d e r a t i o n should be given to the
following data:
E x h a u s t V o l u m e @ 900 R P M -
2" of M e r c u r y baclc p r e s s u r e 16,400 c f m
T h e m a x i m u m allowable b a c k p r e s s u r e
beyond the f l a n g e of the e x h a u s t manifold
f o r p r o p e r e n g i n e o p e r a t i o n is 21 i n c h e s
of w a t e r . T h e exhaust s y s t e m should be
d e s i g n e d to obtain back p r e s s u r e below
the m a x i m u m . T h e e x h a u s t s y s t e m m u s t
include a f l e x i b l e connection at the engine
d i s c h a r g e if t h e gas is piped away. The
m u f f l e r , if used, should be l o c a t e d as
c l o s e to the e n g i n e e x h a u s t as p r a c t i c a l .
D a t a r e g a r d i n g e x h a u s t piping will be
s u p p l i e d upon r e q u e s t from Electro-
Motive Division, G e n e r a l M o t o r s C o r p o r a -
tion, La Grange, Illinois.
HEAT EXTRACTION
UNITS EQUIPPED WITH HEAT
EXCHANGERS
I
P o w e r units b e a r i n g the Suffix l e t t e r W in
t h e i r m o d e l n u m b e r r e q u i r e a supply of
,~ r a w :water to cool the e n g i n e c o o l i n g w a t e r .
T h e r a w w a t e r is piped t o h e a t e x c h a n g e r s
', l o c a t e d at the a c c e s s o r y end of the p o w e r
unit. T h e r a w w a t e r supply m u s t b e a d e -
quate and m u s t m e e t c e r t a i n s t a n d a r d s in
o r d e r to m a i n t a i n p r o p e r engine o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e and avoid engine o v e r h e a t i n g .
The maximum permissible raw water
t e m p e r a t u r e at the c u s t o m e r ' s c o n n e c t i o n
on the unit is 110 ° F . The f l o w of r a w
i w a t e r r e q u i r e d i s a s follows:
'1
jl' , , !
: ~ SR-16Ew
Raw w a t e r * - 110 ° F. Max. ~ 285 GPM
100 ° F. Max. 235 GPM
90 ° F. Max. 205 GPM
* T h e above v a l u e s should be c o n s i d e r e d as
m i n i m u m flow r e q u i r e m e n t s .
A 15-20 p e r c e n t i n c r e a s e over, t h e s e
v a l u e s is advantageous, p r o v i d i n g the flow
d o e s not e x c e e d 300 G P M .
i" J
POWER AND CONTROL CABLES
No i n t e r c o n n e c t i n g p o w e r and c o n t r o l
c a b l e s a r e f u r n i s h e d as c a b l e r u n s r e -
q u i r e d to c o n n e c t p o w e r units with c o n t r o l
c a b i n e t s and d r i v e m o t o r s v a r y with e a c h
r i g i n s t a l l a t i o n . All c a b l e s r e q u i r e d a r e
available f r o m Electro-Motive.
-4-
 APPE NDIX

N u m b e r of C a b l e s R e q u i r e d
37 20 #10
1100/24 9 1 / 2 4 Cond. Cond. 3 Cond.
From To

Cable E a c h D32K Generator Control

Requirements Generator Cabinet 4 3 - -

E a c h D79G Generator Control

Generator Cabinet 2 3 1
Each Engine Generator Control
Control Panel Cabinet -- -- -- 1 -

Each Generator Motor Control

Control Cabinet Cabinet 8 - 1 -

Motor Control Driller's Control

Cabinet Cabinet - - 2 -

Motor Control Auxiliary Control

Cabinet Cabinet - 1 - -

Series Motor Drives

Motor Control Draw Works 2-Motor
Cabinet Drive - Parallel - - - 2

Motor Control Rotary Table or Cor-

Cabinet i n g Reel 1 - M o t o r 4 - - - 1

Motor Control Mud Pump 2 - M o t o r

Cabinet Drive- Parallel 4 - - 1

Motor Control Mud Pump o r C e m e n t

Cabinet Pump 1-Motor 2 - - 1

S e p a r a t e l y E x c i t e d Motor D r i v e s
Motor Control Motor Generator
Cabinet Set 2 2 - - 1
Motor Control Draw Works 2-Motor
Cabinet Drive- Parallel 4 4 - 2
Motor Control R o t a r y T a b l e or C o r -
Cabinet ing Reel 1 - M o t o r 2 2 - - 1
Motor Control Mud Pump 2 - M o t o r
Cabinet Drive- Parallel 4 4 - 2

Max. S i z e
Phase Voltage Cable Size

Rig Power Each Generator Control Cabinet 3 440 Wired

Input Supply D i r e c t to
Terminal
Board
E a c h M o t o r C o n t r o l Cabinet 440 1-314"
120 3/4"
E a c h M o t o r or G e n e r a t o r S p a c e H e a t e r 120 3/4"

Control Wiring 37 C o n d u c t o r C a b l e to Motor C o n t r o l 1-1/8"

Cabinet

-5-
 A PPENDIX

Phase Volts Amps. KW

AC Load Each D79G G e n e r a t o r or D79M Motor
Blower Motor 440 11.0 6.4
Each D32K G e n e r a t o r Field
Excitation (0.5 P . F . ) 440 6.5 5
Each D79G G e n e r a t o r Field
Excitation (0.5 P . F . ) 440 10.0 7.5
Each D79M Motor (Series)
Field Excitation Not Rec uired
Each D79G Motor (Separately Excited)
Field Excitation 440 8.0 6.0
Rig Control Supply to Motor Control
Cabinet (Includes Cabinet Space
Heate,'s) 1 120 25.0 3.0
Each D79G G e n e r a t o r or D79M Motor.
Space H e a t e r 1 120 4.2 .5
Each D32K G e n e r a t o r Space H e a t e r 1 120 12.0 1.5

-6-
 SECTION I
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
INTRODUCTION
T h e G e n e r a l M o t o r s d r i l l i n g r i g power
e q u i p m e n t , Fig. 0-1, is d e s i g n e d to supply
controlled power for draw works, rotary
table, and mud p u m p s . Its c o n t r o l and
p o w e r c i r c u i t s , h o w e v e r , c a n be a r r a n g e d
to p r o v i d e p o w e r f o r a u x i l i a r y equipment
s u c h as a i r c o m p r e s s o r s , m u d mixers,
c o r i n g r e e l s , and g e n e r a t o r s e t s .
A t y p i c a l p o w e r s e t c o n s i s t s of t h e follow-
ing m a j o r c o m p o n e n t s :
1. One o r m o r e skid m o u n t e d p o w e r units,
e a c h equipped with a Model 645 diesel
e n g i n e , two i n d i v i d u a l l y e x c i t e d d i r e c t
c u r r e n t D79 g e n e r a t o r s , a g e n e r a t o r
c o n t r o l cabinet, and an e n g i n e control
panel.
2. A s e p a r a t e s k i d - m o u n t e d m o t o r con-
t r o l c a b i n e t that h o u s e s e l e c t r i c a l
s w i t c h g e a r and p r o t e c t i v e d e v i c e s .
D e p e n d i n g upon the type of drilling
i n s t a l l a t i o n , e i t h e r one or two motor
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t s m a y be provided.
S o m e e q u i p m e n t u s e s two m o t o r con-
t r o l c a b i n e t s , one p l a t f o r m mounted
and one t e n d e r m o u n t e d , o t h e r equip-
m e n t r e q u i r e s only one cabinet, the
n e c e s s a r y s w i t c h g e a r will b e contained
in j u s t that c a b i n e t .
/ J
3 12 W GP
Fig. i - I -- Model Number Derivation
- I00
. A d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l c a b i n e t that c o n -
t a i n s all the n e c e s s a i ' y o p e r a t i n g c o n -
t r o l s and a l a r m signal d e v i c e s . I f t h e
c a b i n e t is to be l o c a t e d on a p l a t f o r m -
t e n d e r i n s t a l l a t i o n , an additional l i m i -
t e d duty c a b i n e t m o u n t e d on the t e n d e r
m a y s u p p l e m e n t the m a i n c a b i n e t . I t
contains controls for mud pumps.
. T h e r e q u i r e d n u m b e r of m o t o r s , e i t h e r
s e r i e s - w o u n d D79MB or s e p a r a t e l y -
e x c i t e d D79GB, which a r e m o u n t e d at
the e q u i p m e n t t h e y d r i v e .
In o r d e r to i d e n t i f y the p o w e r unit and
d r i v e a r r a n g e m e n t , a s t a n d a r d s y s t e m of
m o d e l d e s i g n a t i o n is u s e d . T h e m o d e l
d e s i g n a t i o n gives an " i n v e n t o r y " of the
e n g i n e and r o t a t i n g e q u i p m e n t p r o v i d e d
with a p o w e r e q u i p m e n t s e t . Fig. 1-1
i l l u s t r a t e s the m a n n e r in which the m o d e l
n u m b e r is obtained.
It should be noted that the m o d e l d e s i g n a -
tion d o e s not c o v e r c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t .
T h e r e f o r e , the f a c t t h a t m o d e l s have
i d e n t i c a l d e s i g n a t i o n s d o e s not n e c e s s a r i l y
m e a n t h a t the c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s a r e i d e n t i -
cal. The control a r r a n g e m e n t depends
upon a p p l i c a t i o n and c u s t o m e r p r e f e r e n c e .
Also, a s u p p l e m e n t a r y p o w e r unit m a y be
p r o v i d e d with s o m e d r i l l i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n s .
5M 2G
12417
-
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

0 0 ~ 0 0
O~

~ ",aa,-It.~,i

<
mm~ oI=NU

cD

o ~, O@ I
o,~ ~ ;. f~ ~ ' ~ ° Q)
• ~ ~ 0 0 = L"

.r'l
0
-~ ~ ~ . . ~ o = =
' ,~o; ,::; ,-: ~q ~
@

!
8
o
r~

"~.~ ~ a. 0,-'6;=
I
I
,,-4
• .~=~_
®
•..~ M e4 4 M ~ e:

. . . - - - - ~.

- 101 -
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The p r e s e n c e of this s u p p l e m e n t a r y unit
does not a f f e c t the m o d e l designation of
the m a i n body of power e q u i p m e n t .
POWER UNIT
E a c h skid m o u n t e d power unit, Fig. 1-2,
and 1-3, is equipped with a G e n e r a l Motors
645E1 d i e s e l engine that d r i v e s two D79
direct current generators through a gear-
type s p e e d i n c r e a s e r . T h e unit includes a
g e n e r a t o r c o n t r o l cabinet, an engine con-
t r o l panel, g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r s and the
n e c e s s a r y engine a c c e s s o r y equipment.
T h e m o d e l SR-11E power unit is equipped
with an 8 c y l i n d e r engine r a t e d at 1100
h o r s e p o w e r g r o s s . Model SR-12E uses a
12 c y l i n d e r engine r a t e d at 1650 h o r s e -
power gross.
The two D79 g e n e r a t o r s , r a t e d at 645 KW
each, a r e m o u n t e d side b y side at the r e a r
of the d i e s e l e n g i n e . T h e y a r e coupledto a
s p e e d i n c r e a s e r that d r i v e s the g e n e r a t o r s
at 1.4 t i m e s engine s p e e d . Each g e n e r a t o r
is c o o l e d b y an AC m o t o r d r i v e n blower
that o b t a i n s its power f r o m an outside
s o u r c e . AC power f o r g e n e r a t o r excitation
is a l s o obtained f r o m an o u t s i d e source;
h o w e v e r , it is applied to the g e n e r a t o r
t h r o u g h r e c t i f i e r s and is controlled b y
static components located inthe generator
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t . The s t a t i c excitation
s y s t e m is d e s c r i b e d in the e l e c t r i c a l
e q u i p m e n t and c i r c u i t s s e c t i o n of this
manual.
When u s e d on an SR-12E p o w e r unit, the
two D79 g e n e r a t o r s have a combined
h o r s e p o w e r r a t i n g that is c o m p a t i b l e with
the p o w e r available f r o m the 12 cylinder
d i e s e l e n g i n e . When u s e d on an S R - I I E
p o w e r unit, the p o w e r r a t i n g of the g e n e r -
a t o r s e x c e e d s the r a t i n g of the 8 cylinder
e n g i n e . H o w e v e r , if full p o w e r is taken
f r o m a s i n g l e g e n e r a t o r on an SR-11E
unit and two SR-11E units a r e u s e d inthis
m a n n e r , the high h o r s e p o w e r r e q u i r e d f o r
s p e c i f i c applications is a v a i l a b l e .
- 102
G e n e r a t o r c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t is housed in
the g e n e r a t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t which is
m o u n t e d at the g e n e r a t o r end of the p o w e r
unit skid. The c a b i n e t is provided+ with
r e c e p t a c l e s to which c a b l e s f o r power
output, control, g e n e r a t o r excitation, and
g e n e r a t o r blower power are connected.
S e c t i o n 5 of this m a n u a l p r o v i d e s i n s t r u c -
tions f o r cable c o n n e c t i o n s .
An engine c o n t r o l panel, m o u n t e d on a r a c k
at the a c c e s s o r y end of the engine, contains
d e v i c e s to s t a r t , i s o l a t e , o r stop the d i e s e l
e n g i n e and to t r a n s f e r c o n t r o l of the engine
to the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l stand. T h e panel
a l s o c o n t a i n s lights that give v i s i b l e indi-
c a t i o n of engine m a l f u n c t i o n . H o r n s and
b e l l s o p e r a t e in c o n j u n c t i o n with t h e s e
lights.
T h e engine c o n t r o l panel f o r the SR-12E
p o w e r unit is equipped with pushbuttons
to t e s t the audible a l a r m s and to s i l e n c e
t h e m . The SR-11E e n g i n e c o n t r o l panel
d o e s not contain t h e s e p u s h h u t t o n s .
A d e s c r i p t i o n of the c o n t r o l s on the panel
is i n c l u d e d in S e c t i o n 3 of this m a n u a l .
DRIVE MOTORS
T h e n u m b e r of d r i v e m o t o r s supplied with
a p o w e r unit s e t d e p e n d s upon the r e q u i r e -
m e n t s of the p a r t i c u l a r d r i l l i n g i n s t a l l a -
tion. The m o t o r s p r o v i d e d a r e u s u a l l y
s e r i e s - w o u n d , but s h u n t - w o u n d m o t o r s
m a y be provided if t h e c u s t o m e r d e s i r e s .
The drive motors, whether series-wound
o r s h u n t - w o u n d a r e e s s e n t i a l l y the s a m e
m a c h i n e s as the g e n e r a t o r s . T h e d i f f e r -
e n c e s a r e in the m a i n f i e l d winding of the
s e r i e s - w o u n d m o t o r . In o t h e r r e s p e c t s
m o t o r p a r t s a r e i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e with t h o s e
of the g e n e r a t o r s .
MOTOR CONTROL CABINET(S)
T h e skid mounted m o t o r c o n t r o l cabinet
(or cabinets) p r o v i d e s a junction and
-
 GENERAL DESCRI t:rfION

~8°°8~o

0
I
~a 0 "O(J
G)
.r..~
r-4

©
.,'4
"I=I ,~, 0

(D
". ~ ~o'~

, o 0 ~ 0 ,.i
o Lo c0 ~ u~ o
@
I

o
o
I
co
I
o,~ .~ m
o ~u ~ o ~
do
e~ 0 tm

~ ~ ~ ~'~ ,~I
o o.9.°~o ,~
So~oo

~,o~ ....
~rnOrn~ • o~ ._

"7

..3

- 103 -
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
s w i t c h i n g point f o r c o n t r o l and power
c i r c u i t s . C a b l e s c a r r y i n g DC p o w e r from
e a c h p o w e r unit in a set a r e c o n n e c t e d to
h e a v y duty s w i t c h g e a r in the c a b i n e t and
f r o m t h e s e a r e c o n n e c t e d to c a b l e s leading
to d r i v e m o t o r s . Low voltage c o n t r o l c i r -
cuits f r o m the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel
a c t u a t e the s w i t c h g e a r in the m o t o r control
cabinet, and by way of the c a b i n e t control
the d i e s e l e n g i n e s and e x c i t e the g e n e r a -
t o r s . A l t e r n a t i n g c u r r e n t f r o m an outside
s o u r c e is d i r e c t e d to the m o t o r control
c a b i n e t and to the g e n e r a t o r c o n t r o l cab-
inet; to the g e n e r a t o r and d r i v e motor
b l o w e r s ; and, afte T b e i n g t r a n s f o r m e d and ~
r e c t i f i e d , to the c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s . ,
DRILLER'S CONTROL CABINET
T h i s c a b i n e t c o n t a i n s e q u i p m e n t f o r direct
c o n t r o l of t h e d r i l l i n g r i g p o w e r . From
- 104
the cabinet the d r i l l e r can c o n t r o l engine
speed, g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n , and p o w e r
d i s t r i b u t i o n . T h e d e v i c e s l o c a t e d on the
c a b i n e t panel and t h e i r f u n c t i o n s a r e d e s -
c r i b e d in Section 3 of this m a n u a l .
On s o m e i n s t a l l a t i o n s a s u p p l e m e n t a r y
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t m a y be p r o v i d e d . This
c a b i n e t is used on s u c h i n s t a l l a t i o n s as a
tender for a drilling platform. ItsSELEC-
TOR s w i t c h is a u t o m a t i c a l l y locked when
c o n t r o l s on the p r i m a r y panel a r e in u s e .
CEMENTING PUMP CONTROL CABINET
(OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT)
A s e p a r a t e o p e r a t o r ' s c o n t r o l cabinet is
m o u n t e d at the c e m e n t i n g pumps. The
o p e r a t o r has full c o n t r o l of the pumps
f r o m this location. C i r c u i t r y and switcL-
g e a r f o r c o n t r o l of c e m e n t i n g pumps is
p r o v i d e d on s p e c i a l o r d e r .
-
 r

iii ll • ~,~: ~

14467

Fig. 2-1 -- 8"645E1 Diesel Engine

 SECTION 2

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

DIESEL ENGINE t h e e n g i n e . When t r i p p e d , t h e l e v e r is i n -

c l i n e d t o w a r d the left s i d e of t h e e n g i n e and
T h e G e n e r a l M o t o r s 8 c y l i n d e r Model m u s t be m a n u a l l y r e s e t b e f o r e t h e e n g i n e
645E1 e n g i n e , Fig. 2-1, is u s e d as the can be s t a r t e d . (See F i g . 2-2)
s o u r c e of p o w e r f o r t h e S R - 1 1 E power
unit. T h e e n g i n e u s e d on t h e S R - 1 2 E unit A m a n u a l l a y s h a f t c o n t r o l l e v e r is a t t a c h e d
is e s s e n t i a l l y t h e s a m e engine, b u t con- to t h e end of the i n j e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t .
t a i n s 12 c y l i n d e r s . At full o p e r a t i n g speed T h i s l e v e r m a y be u s e d to s h u t down t h e
of 900 R P M , the 8 c y l i n d e r e n g i n e is rated e n g i n e m a n u a l l y . It o v e r r i d e s g o v e r n o r
at 1100 h o r s e p o w e r g r o s s ; the 12 c y l i n d e r c o n t r o l of i n j e c t o r r a c k s .
e n g i n e is r a t e d at 1650 h o r s e p o w e r g r o s s .
T h e d e s c r i p t i o n given in the following
a r t i c l e s is a p p l i c a b l e to both e n g i n e s .
D i f f e r e n c e s that e x i s t b e t w e e n t h e engines
will b e p o i n t e d out.

E n g i n e p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d f r o m the
c r a n k s h a f t to a g e a r - t y p e s p e e d i n c r e a s e r
t h a t d i s t r i b u t e s p o w e r to t h e two DC gen-
e r a t o r s t h a t a r e l o c a t e d at t h e r e a r of the
e n g i n e . T h e e n g i n e s c a v e n g i n g b l o w e r (two
b l o w e r s p r o v i d e d with t h e 12 c y l i n d e r
engine) is m o u n t e d on t h e r e a r of the
e n g i n e and t a k e s its p o w e r f r o m a gear in
the c a m s h a f t g e a r t r a i n .
T h e e n g i n e c y l i n d e r s a r e a r r a n g e d in two
b a n k s , f o r m i n g a 45 ° "V" t y p e engine.
E a c h c y l i n d e r has a 9 - 1 / 1 6 i n c h bore
with a 10 inch s t r o k e , p r o v i d i n g a piston
d i s p l a c e m e n t of 645 cu. in., f r o m which
t h e e n g i n e m o d e l d e s i g n a t i o n is d e r i v e d .
O p e r a t i o n is on t h e two s t r o k e cycle
p r i n c i p l e , with c y l i n d e r s c a v e n g i n g pro-
v i d e d by t h e e n g i n e b l o w e r .
Engine overspeed protection, independent
of t h e g o v e r n o r , is p r o v i d e d by a m e c h a n i -
cal tripping device located inthe camshaft
c o u n t e r w e i g h t h o u s i n g at t h e u p p e r front
p o r t i o n of the e n g i n e . A l e v e r e x t e n d s f r o m
t h i s h o u s i n g and is in t h e s e t p o s i t i o n when
i n c l i n e d t o w a r d t h e r i g h t s i d e of t h e engine.
At s p e e d s e x c e e d i n g a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1000
R P M , t h e o v e r s p e e d t r i p d e v i c e functions
to s t o p t h e i n j e c t i o n of fuel, w h i c h stops
7923
F i g . 2-2 -- E n g i n e O v e r s p e e d
Trip Lever
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
T h e d i e s e l e n g i n e fuel i n j e c t o r s a r e m a n u -
f a c t u r e d to e x t r e m e l y c l o s e t o l e r a n c e s to
p r o v i d e a c c u r a t e m e t e r i n g and i n j e c t i o n of
fuel into t h e c y l i n d e r s at v e r y high p r e s -
sure for proper atomization. The pre-
c i s i o n of i n j e c t o r p a r t s n e c e s s i t a t e s an
a m p l e and c l e a n s u p p l y of fuel, p a r t of
w h i c h is c i r c u l a t e d t h r o u g h the i n j e c t o r s
to c o o l t h e m and p a r t of w h i c h is i n j e c t e d
into t h e c y l i n d e r s . T h e fuel s y s t e m is,
t h e r e f o r e , d e s i g n e d to p r o v i d e the e n g i n e
with an e x c e s s of c a r e f u l l y f i l t e r e d f u e l .
R e f e r r i n g to the fuel oil s y s t e m s c h e m a t i c
d i a g r a m , F i g . 2-3, fuel is d r a w n f r o m a
fuel t a n k s e p a r a t e d f r o m and i n d e p e n d e n t
of t h e p o w e r unit. A g e a r type e n g i n e

- 200 -
 M E C H A N I C A L E Q U I P M E N T AND SYSTEMS
(;}
f: I. . . .
1. F u e l I n j e c t o r s 4. Engine Mounted
2. R e t u r n Fuel Fuel F i l t e r
Sight G l a s s 5. Fuel Priming Pump
3. B y p a s s Sight G l a s s • 6. Fuel Suction Strainer
Fig. 2-3 -- F u e l Oil S y s t e m S c h e m a t i c D i a g r a m
m o u n t e d fuel p u m p (10) that is c o u p l e d to
t h e s h a f t of tl~e s c a v e n g i n g oil p u m p p r o -
r i d e s t h e s u c t i o n . Fuel f l o w s f i r s t t h r o u g h
an e m e r g e n c y fuel cutoff valve ( 7 ) t o w h i c h
a pull r o d o r cable is a t t a c h e d , t h e n
t h r o u g h a s u c t i o n s t r a i n e r (6). T h e p u m p
t h e n f o r c e s fuel t h r o u g h a 10 p s i r e l i e f
valve and the engine m o u n t e d f i l t e r (4) and
into m a n i f o l d s t h a t extend a l o n g b o t h b a n k s
of the e n g i n e .
J u m p e r l i n e s connect the s u p p l y m a n i f o l d s
to e a c h i n j e c t o r (1). An a d d i t i o n a l j u m p e r
line f r o m e a c h i n j e c t o r is c o n n e c t e d to
r e t u r n fuel m a n i f o l d s t h a t lead to t h e r e -
t u r n f u e l s i g h t g l a s s (2). T h i s is t h e g l a s s
c l o s e s t to the engine.
A s m a l l s p r i n g loaded s p h e r i c a l r e l i e f
v a l v e is u s e d to r e s t r i c t t h e flow of fuel to
t h e r e t u r n fuel sight g l a s s . T h i s r e s u l t s in
a s l i g h t b a c k p r e s s u r e of fuel, t h u s m a k i n g
c e r t a i n t h a t all i n j e c t o r s have a p o s i t i v e
- 201
Customers' Connections
ll518
7. E m e r g e n c y . F u e l Cutoff
8. Check Valve
9. P r e s s u r e Relief Valve
10. Fuel Pump
s u p p l y of f u e l . Since m o r e fuel is b e i n g
d e l i v e r e d to the i n j e c t o r t h a n t h e i n j e c t o r s
s u p p l y to t h e c y l i n d e r s , 'the e x c e s s f u e l
p a s s e s t h r o u g h the r e t u r n f u e l sight g l a s s
b e f o r e r e t u r n i n g to t h e fuel t a n k . T h u s , t h e
s i g h t g l a s s s h o u l d a l w a y s be full of fuel
d u r i n g engine operation.
A b y - p a s s s i g h t g l a s s (3) is m o u n t e d next
to t h e r e t u r n f u e l s i g h t g l a s s . T h i s g l a s s is
f a r t h e r f r o m t h e e n g i n e and is n o r m a l l y
e m p t y . When m o r e t h a n a t r i c k l e of fuel is
s e e n in t h e b y - p a s s s i g h t g l a s s , it is an
i n d i c a t i o n that t h e e n g i n e m o u n t e d f i l t e r s
a r e c l o g g e d and ~ / r e l i e f v a l v e is a l l o w i n g
fuel to b y - p a s s t h e e n g i n e and r e t u r n to
t h e fuel t a n k . S u c h a c o n d i t i o n can c a u s e
e r r a t i c e n g i n e o p e r a t i o n or s h u t d o w n f r o m
l a c k of f u e l .
T h e hand o p e r a t e d fuel p r i m i n g p u m p (5)
is in p a r a l l e l w i t h t h e e n g i n e - d r i v e n p u m p .
T h e hand p u m p is u s e d to p r i m e the e n g i n e
-

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
with f u e l p r i o r to s t a r t i n g o r to c h e c k the
fuel s y s t e m f o r l e a k s . A f t e r the engine has
s t a r t e d , the engine d r i v e n pump supplies
the r e q u i r e d f u e l .
Fuel f i l t e r s should be r e n e w e d p e r i o d i c a l l y
as p r e s c r i b e d in the applicable Scheduled
M a i n t e n a n c e I n s t r u c t i o n, and the fuel
s t r a i n e r should be c l e a n e d at r e g u l a r and
frequent intervals.
The e m e r g e n c y fuel cutoff valve (7) should
be t r i p p e d only in the e v e n t of an e m e r -
g e n c y o r p o s s i b i l i t y offireo The v a l v e cuts
off the s u p p l y of fuel to the engine causing
it to s h u t down. However, the l a c k of fuel
f o r i n j e c t o r cooling can c a u s e d a m a g e to
the i n j e c t o r s , t h e r e f o r e , t h e valve should
not be u s e d i n d i s c r i m i n a t e l y .
A good quality fuel should b e u s e d . Speci-
f i c a t i o n s f o r fuel a r e p r o v i d e d in t h e Sched-
uled M a i n t e n a n c e I n s t r u c t i o n Bulletin.
Fig. 2-4 -- A i r S t a r t i n g S y s t e m
- 202 -
I
AND SYSTEMS
R e f e r to S e c t i o n 7 of t h i s m a n u a l f o r in-
f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g t r o u b l e shooting when
fuel s y s t e m d i f f i c u l t i e s o c c u r .
ENGINE STARTING SYSTEM
T h e SR-11E and SR-12E p o w e r units a r e
equipped with an a i r s t a r t i n g s y s t e m . The
s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of a v a n e t y p e a i r m o t o r
with s p e e d r e d u c t i o n g e a r s and a Bendix
d r i v e , an a i r m o t o r l u b r i c a t o r , a m a n u a l
c o n t r o l valve, and a m a i n a i r inlet line
s t r a i n e r . An i l l u s t r a t i o n of a t y p i c a l a i r
s t a r t i n g s y s t e m is shown i n , F i g . 2-4.
C o m p r e s s e d a i r f o r e n g i n e s t a r t i n g should
be p r o v i d e d at 150 psi and a i r r e s e r v o i r
c a p a c i t y should be a p p r o x i m a t e l y 20 cubic
f e e t when applied to an 8 - c y l i n d e r engine
and a p p r o x i m a t e l y 30 cubic f e e t when ap-
plied to a 12 c y l i n d e r e n g i n e . T h e s e r e c -
o m m e n d e d r e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t i e s should be
11519
 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
i n c r e a s e d by approximately 10 cubic feet
for each additional engine in a power unit
set, whether t h e additional engines contain
8 or 12 cylinders. This capacity will be
sufficient for at least 6 engine s t a r t s .
Safety r e l i e f valves should be used at the
c o m p r e s s o r discharge and at each r e s e r -
voir d i s c h a r g e , along with air shut-off
valves. Pipe size tothe engine air s t a r t i n g
equipment should be 1-1/2 inch.
Air for s t a r t i n g is controlled by manual
operation of a quick opening valve located
at the front of the engine, right side, near
the ~layshaft handle. Before: e n t e r i n g the
s t a r t i n g motor, the c o m p r e s s e d air p a s s e s
through a lubricator that provides a i r - o i l
m i s t to lubricate the m o t o r .
COOLING SYSTEM
The diesel engine is cooled b y w a t e r which
is c i r c u l a t e d through c o r e d p a s s a g e s in th e
cylinder l i n e r s and cylinder heads. After
abs0rbing, heat from the engine, the wate~
is c i r c u l a t e d throug h an external s y s t e m
whe re the absorbed heat is r e m o v e d b y
m e a n s o f a r a w w a t e r Cooled heat ex-
changer, keel cooling piping, or an a i r
cooled r a d i a t o r .
A s c h e m a t i c flow d i a g r a m of the cooling
s y s t e m is shown in Fig. 2-5. Water i s
c i r c u l a t e d through the engine by means of
a centrifugal pump (two pumps on 12 cylin-
d e r engines) mounted on the front of the
engine. The pump is g e a r d r i v e n f r o m the
front or a c c e s s o r y gear t r a i n of the engine.
Water, drawn b y the pump (12, Fig. 2-5)
f r o m the engine cooling water tank (2) and
f r o m the lubricating oil c o o l e r assembly
(10), is d i r e c t e d to the engine water inlet
manifolds. The manifolds extend through
the airbox, and jumper lines connect the
manifold to the individual c y l i n d e r l i n e r s .
Water flows through the c y l i n d e r liners and
- 203
heads to provide engine cooling. The
heated water then flows to the d i s c h a r g e
manifold in the "V" of the engine.
Heated water f r o m the d i s c h a r g e manifold
leaves the engine and flows through the
w a t e r outlet (1) to a t h e r m o s t a t i c valve (5).
E l e m e n t s in the valve respond to w a t e r
t e m p e r a t u r e and divert w a t e r to bypass
piping leading to the oil c o o l e r or d i r e c t it
to the heat exchanger. Valve action m a i n -
tains engine cooling w a t e r at a constant
temperature.
The v a l v e is s e l f - p o w e r e d and s el f-
contained. T h e r m o s t a t i c e l e m e n t a s s e m -
blies hold valve ~ s i e e v e s I in the bypass
position by s p r i n g tension when engine
w a t e r is cool. As w a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e in-
c r e a s e s , the e l e m e n t s expand to fo rce the
valve s l e e v e s to open the valve outlet to
the heat exchanger.
Two types of t h e r m o s t a t i c valves are e m -
ployed. The SR-11E power unit equipped
with an 8 c y l i n d e r engine uses a valve
with a fixed t e m p e r a t u r e r e s p o n s e . This
i ,,
r e s p o n s e can b e a l t e r e d only by changing
thermostatic element assemblies. The
SR-12E power unit :Uses a valve equipped
with a hand cran k that m a k e s it possible
to o v e r r i d e the t h e r m o s t a t i c e l e m e n t s in
the event of failu re of the element.
NOTE: If the valve handle is turned to a
m a x i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e position,
engine t e m p e r a t u r e s h o u l d be
c l o s e l y watched.
OPERATING WATER LEVELS
The engine w a t e r tank is mounted on the
upper part of the equipment r a c k . It is
connected to piping leading to the suction
side of the w ater pump. A sight glass in-
d icates w a t e r level in this tank. The tank
provides make up w a t e r to k e e p t h e s y s t e m
full and it s e r v e s as an expansion area,
when w a t e r gets hot d u r i n g operation.
-
 !

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

Raw Water
Flow

Engine Water In
Shaded Tubes ~

)C)
b
II

II
Raw Water In
"White Area

Lub
I Oil

Flow
Zinc Plugs (SR12)

WATER COOLING

From Thermos
From Thermostatic
Valve ~ii~.~!~.~.~.~{~.~.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
.:.:.

To Oil Cooler
I
iiiiii!
Sea Water Level . . . .
- D -

®
NOTE:
On u n i t s e q u i p p e d f o r ~~ i!}ili~i}i!i!}}i~
i}}}
k e e l cooling., t h e v e n t
pipe must remain con-
~}ii~
!~i!i~~ i}}i}i~i}!i~
nected as shown or cav-
itation will result.

®
KEEL COOLING AIR COOLING
12418

1. Engine Water Discharge 6. R a w - W a t e r C o o l e d Heat 10. Oil Cooler

2. Water Tank Exchanger or Keel Cooling Pipes 11. Water Temperature
3. W a t e r L e v e l Gauge 7. Cooling Fan Gauge
4. Filler Cap 8. Air Cooled Radiator 12. Water Pump
5. T h e r m o s t a t i c Valve 9. Drain Valves 13. Orifice Flange

Fig. 2-5 -- Cooling S y s t e m S c h e m a t i c D i a g r a m

- 204 -
 M E C H A N I C A L E Q U I P M E N T AND SYSTEMS
FILLING COOLING SYSTEM '
T h e s y s t e m is filled t h r o u g h an o p e n i n g
l o c a t e d at the t o p of the w a t e r t a n k . W a t e r
is added until it r e a c h e s the full m a r k on
the i n s t r u c t i o n plate. C a r e s h o u l d b e t a k e n
d u r i n g final s t a g e s of f i l l i n g to p r e v e n t
o v e r - f i l l i n g ; however, a n o v e r f i l l pipe is
p r o v i d e d to allow r u n - o f f in t h e event of
overfilling or excessive water expansion
during operation.
A f t e r f i l l i n g a d r y or n e a r l y d r y s y s t e m ,
the: e n g i n e s h o u l d be '~r u n , ~:with t h e f i l l e r
cap r e m o v e d , to e l i m i n a t e any a i r p o c k e t s
in t h e s y s t e m . A f t e r r u n n i n g t h e engine,
c h e c k t h e w a t e r l e v e l and if n e c e s s a r y add
w a t e r to t h e s y s t e m . T h e w a t e r level in
the s i g h t g l a s s should a l w a y s be v i s i b l e
during operation.
In addition to m a i n t a i n i n g the p r o p e r w a t e r
level it is n e c e s s a r y to t r e a t w a t e r t o p r e -
vent c o r r o s i o n by addition of r u s t i n h i b i -
t o r s . T h e i n h i b i t o r s u s e d m u s t not d a m a g e
s e a l s and h o s e . R e f e r to t h e E n g i n e M a ! n -
tenance Manual for information r e g a r d i n g
water treatment. i
b u t the' HOT ENGINE light w i l l r e m a i n on
DRAINING COO,LING sYSTEM
On S R - 11E u n i t s the e n t i r e c o o l i n g s y s t e m
m a y be d r a i n e d by o p e n i n g two v a l v e s l o -
c a t e d b e l o w f l o o r level on the s i d e s of t h e
p o w e r unit. On SR-12E u n i t s t h e e n g i n e
m a y be d r a i n e d by o p e n i n g a v a l v e l o c a t e d
at the c e n t e r of the engine and n e a r the oil
s t r a i n e r . P i p e plugs m u s t be r e m o v e d to
drain heat exchangers or radiators.
FREEZING WEATHER PRECAUTIONS i
When t h e d i e s e l engine i s r u n n i n g without
load, c o o l i n g w a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e m a y b e t o o
low to o p e r a t e the t h e r m o s t a t i c valve;
t h e r e f o r e , all w a t e r b y p a s s e s the h e a t
exchanger or radiators. During freezing
w e a t h e r , d a m a g e to the r a d i a t o r s c a n o c c u r
if t h e w a t e r f r e e z e s . P r e c a u t i o n s s h o u l d be
- 205.-
t a k e n if a unit is p l a c e d on s t a n d b y with t h e
e n g i n e r u n n i n g and d a n g e r of f r e e z i n g
exists.
If an e n g i n e is to be s h u t down, t h e c o o l i n g
s y s t e m m a y be c o m p l e t e l y d r a i n e d . If it is
to r e m a i n idling, a n t i - f r e e z e s o l u t i o n
s h o u l d b e p l a c e d in t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m .
HOT ENGINE ALARM
When w a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e in t h e c o o l i n g
s y s t e m r e a c h e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 208 ° F . on
S R - 1 1 E u n i t s o r 195 ° F. o n S R - 1 2 E u n i t s
t h e e n g i n e t e m p e r a t u r e s w i t c h ETS w i l l
c l o s e , T h e H O T ENGINE light o n t h e
e n g i n e c o n t r o l panel will c o m e on and an
a l a r m b e l l on t h e unit Will s o u n d . A d d i -
t i o n a l h o r n s and b e l l s at v a r i o u s l o c a t i o n s
on t h e d r i l l i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n will a l s o s o u n d .
T h e e n g i n e t e m p e r a t u r e s w i t c h will o p e n
and a l a r m s will s t o p w h e n w a t e r t e m p e r a -
t u r e d r o p s to 198 ° F. on S R - 1 1 E units o r
185 ° F. on S R - 1 2 E u n i t s . When S R - 1 2 E
power units are involved the alarms may
b e s i l e n c e d by p r e s s i n g t h e ALARM SI-
:LENCE b u t t o n o n the e n g i n e c o n t r o l panel,
until engine water temperature drops be-
l o w 185 ° F.
CAUTION: T h e a l a r m s i l e n c e r e l a y is h e l d
in until t h e c a u s e f o r a l a r m is
c o r r e c t e d . T h e r e f o r e , if an
additional a l a r m i n d i c a t i o n ,
s u c h as f o r low oil, is g i v e n
while t h e r e l a y is e n e r g i z e d ,
no audible s i g n a l will be g i v e n .
LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM
T h o s e p a r t s of t h e l u b r i c a t i n g oil s y s t e m
that are within the engine are essentially
t h e s a m e on b o t h t h e S R - 1 1 E and S R - 1 2 E
power units. However, significant differ-
e n c e s e x i s t b e t w e e n S R - 1 1 E and S R - 1 2 E
oil s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s t h a t a r e o u t s i d e of
the engine. Those components include the
oil f i l t e r s and s t r a i n e r s , oil c o o l e r and
 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

r e l i e f v a l v e . Although c o n s t r u c t i o n and of the engine. The piston pin b e a r i n g s a r e

a p p l i c a t i o n v a r i e s b e t w e e n units, functions l u b r i c a t e d by piston c o o l i n g oil which is
r e m a i n the s a m e . " s q u i r t e d " u n d e r p r e s s u r e to the u n d e r s i d e
of e a c h piston. T h e s c a v e n g i n g oil pump
The c o m p l e t e engine l u b r i c a t i n g oil s y s t e m
d r a w s oil t h r o u g h a s t r a i n e r in the h o u s i n g
is a c o m b i n a t i o n of t h r e e s e p a r a t e s y s -
m o u n t e d on the engine and pumps it t h r o u g h
t e m s . T h e s e a r e the m a i n l u b r i c a t i n g oil
oil f i l t e r s and a c o o l e r t h a t a r e l o c a t e d
s y s t e m s , the piston c o o l i n g s y s t e m , and
n e a r the engine. Oil f r o m the c o o l e r r e -
the s c a v e n g i n g oil s y s t e m . E a c h s y s t e m
t u r n s to the s t r a i n e r h o u s i n g and t h r o u g h
has its own oil pump. T h e m a i n lube oil
additional s t r a i n e r s , It is t h e n d i r e c t e d to
pump and the piston cooling oil pump, are
the m a i n and piston c o o l i n g oil pumps.
c o n t a i n e d in one housing and a r e driven
f r o m a c o m m o n d r i v e shaft. T h e s c a v e n -
A p i c t o r i a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of the oil s y s -
ging oil p u m p is a s e p a r a t e p u m p . All of
t e m c o m p o n e n t s t h a t a r e o u t s i d e of the 12
the p u m p s a r e d r i v e n f r o m the a c c e s s o r y
c y l i n d e r engine is given in Fig. 2-6. A
g e a r t r a i n at the f r o n t of the engine.
s c h e m a t i c d i a g r a m of c o r r e s p o n d i n g c o m -
T h e m a i n l u b r i c a t i n g s y s t e m supplies oil ponents on the 8 c y l i n d e r engine is shown
u n d e r p r e s s u r e to the v a r i o u s m o v i n g p a r t s in Fig. 2-7. A b r i e f d e s c r i p t i o n of the lube

11522

1. Combination Lube Oil Pump 5. Lube Oil Filter 9. Lube Oil Strainer Housing
2. Oil System Vent 6. Filter Drain 10. Scavenging Oil Strainer
3. Inverted "U" Trap 7. Cooler Drain 11. Engine Oil Strainers
4. Lube Oil Cooler 8. Scavenging Oil Pump

Fig. 2-6 -- S R - 1 2 E Power Unit Lube Oil S y s t e m C o m p o n e n t s

- 206 -
 M E C H A N I C A L E Q U I P M E N T AND SYSTEMS
oil s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s o u t s i d e of t h e e n -
gine i s given in the f o l l o w i n g a r t i c l e s .
R e f e r to t h e Engine M a i n t e n a n c e Manual
for information regarding internal com-
p o n e n t s and lube oil s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
A lube oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e is l o c a t e d o n t h e
e n g i n e c o n t r o l panel of the S R - 1 2 E unit.
T h e S R - 1 1 E unit does not h a v e a low oil
p r e s s u r e gauge, but p r o t e c t i o n a g a i n s t low
oil p r e s s u r e is f u r n i s h e d by t h e low oil
p r e s s u r e m e c h a n i s m in t h e e n g i n e g o v e r -
n o r . R e f e r to the a r t i c l e in S e c t i o n 3
c o v e r i n g t h e engine: c o n t r o l p a n e l f o r i n -
f o r m a t i o n c o n c e r n i n g lube oil p r e s s u r e
readings . . . . p r o t e c t s ,the e n g i n e , a g a i n s t low oil p r e s -
SR-12E LUBE OIL SYSTEH
Oil f r o m t h e lube oil p u m p is d r a w n
t h r o u g h t h e s c a v e n g i n g oil s t r a i n e r . T h i s
s t r a i n e r (with heavy m e s h } , a l t h o u g h lo-
c a t e d in t h e s a m e h o u s i n g a s o t h e r s i m i l a r
s t r a i n e r s (with finer m e s h } , is in a c h a m -
b e r t h a t is not d i r e c t l y c o n n e c t e d to t h e
o t h e r s t r a i n e r s . Oil f r o m the s c a v e n g i n g
oil s t r a i n e r is d i r e c t e d t o the s i x e l e m e n t
lube oil f i l t e r a s s e m b l y that is e q u i p p e d
with a r e l i e f valve a c r o s s t h e i n l e t and
o u t l e t c o m p a r t m e n t s to allow b y p a s s of oil
in t h e e v e n t t h e f i l t e r s b e c o m e c l o g g e d ,
C l e a n oil f r o m the f i l t e r s p a s s e s t h r o u g h
an i n v e r t e d "U" t r a p and into the oil
c o o l e r . T h e "U" trap p r e v e n t s oil f r o m
d r a i n i n g out of t h e c o o l e r when t h e e n g i n e
is not r u n n i n g .
Oil f r o m t h e c o o l e r i s d i r e c t e d to t h e
s e c o n d c h a m b e r of the oil s t r a i n e r h o u s i n g .
T h e m a i n and p i s t o n c o o l i n g o i l p u m p s t a k e
s u c t i o n t h r o u g h the two f i n e m e s h s u c t i o n
strainers.
SR-IIE LUBE OIL SYSTEM
Oil flow in the SR-11E s y s t e m is e s s e n -
t i a l l y t h e s a m e as that in the S R - 1 2 E s y s -
t e m , h o w e v e r , t h e S R - 1 1 E u s e s a two
- 207
e l e m e n t oil f i l t e r a s s e m b l y . T h i s a s s e m -
b l y c o n t a i n s a r e l i e f v a l v e (12) F i g . 2-7,
b u t t h e s y s t e m i n c l u d e s an e x t e r n a l r e l i e f
v a l v e (8) that o p e n s a b y p a s s of b o t h t h e
f i l t e r s and oil c o o l e r in t h e e v e n t t h e oil
cooler becomes clogged.
T h e c o n s t r u c t i o n and l o c a t i o n of t h e
S R - 1 1 E c o o l e r do not n e c e s s i t a t e the u s e
of a "U" t r a p as u s e d o n t h e S R - 1 2 E u n i t s ,
but the construction does necessitate the
r e l i e f v a l v e and b y p a s s p i p i n g .
LOW OIL SHUTDOWN ,i
A device built i n t o the engine g o v e r n o r
s u r e ' m e a s u r e d at t h e e n g i n e b l o w e r ( s ) o r
h i g h v a c u u m m e a s u r e d in t h e l i n e b e t w e e n
t h e s u c t i o n s t r a i n e r s and t h e p u m p . In
e i t h e r e v e n t a p l u n g e r F i g . 2-8, will p r o -
t r u d e f r o m t h e g o v e r n o r body. M a n u a l
p r e s s u r e on t h e p l u n g e r will not o v e r r i d e
t h e s h u t d o w n action.
W h e n t h e s h u t d o w n d e v i c e is a c t u a t e d
I
a l a r m s will s o u n d and a 10w oil w a r n i n g
light on t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l ! panel and t h e
d r i l l e r ' s C o n t r o l p a n e l will c o m e on. D e -
p e n d i n g upon t h e r e q u i r e m e n t of t h e c u s -
t o m e r , t h i s d e v i c e m a y b e c o n n e c t e d to
s o u n d an a l a r m and s h u t t h e e n g i n e down
o r it m a y m e r e l y s o u n d t h e a l a r m . If t h e
g o v e r n o r is e q u i p p e d to s h u t the e n g i n e
down a shutdown rod protrudes from the
governor body during normal operation.
At s h u t down it e x t e n d s f a r t h e r out and a
r e d b a n d is e x p o s e d . On g o v e r n o r s e q u i p -
p e d only to s o u n d an a l a r m , the r o d is
f l u s h w i t h the g o v e r n o r b o d y d u r i n g n o r -
m a l ~operation and p r o t r u d e s only w h e n
low oil p r e s s u r e a c t u a t e s t h e m e c h a n i s m .
CAUTION: A l w a y s i s o l a t e a s h u t down
unit and m a k e c e r t a i n t h a t t h e
SELECTOR switch onthe drill-
e r ' s c o n t r o l p a n e l is p o s i t i o n e d
to r e m o v e a s t o p p e d g e n e r a t o r
f r o m a s e r i e s c o n n e c t i o n with
an o p e r a t i n g g e n e r a t o r .
-
 M E C H A N I C A L E Q U I P M E N T AND SYSTEMS

:z*:

i.~ ¸
[:,;:

I I 523
1. Engine Sump Drain 8. Relief Valve
2. Engine Sump 9. Lube Oil Strainer
3. Scavenging Pump Strainer 10. Strainer Housing Drain Valve
4. Scavenging Pump 11. Combined Main Bearing
5. Lube Oil Filter Oil Pump and Piston
6. Lube Oil Cooler Cooling Oil Pump
7. F i l t e r and Cooler Drain Valve 12. Oil F i l t e r Bypass Valve

F i g . 2-7 - - S R - 1 1 E P o w e r Unit L u b e Oil S y s t e m S c h e m a t i c

OIL LEVEL checked with the engine stopped, the r e a d -

E n g i n e oil l e v e l s h o u l d be c h e c k e d w i t h t h e
e n g i n e hot and r u n n i n g at i d l e speed. A
d i p s t i c k , F i g . 2-9, is l o c a t e d o n t h e r i g h t
s i d e of t h e e n g i n e . It s h o u l d s h o w a l e v e l
b e t w e e n LOW and F U L L . If the oil level is
i n g m a y be a b o v e t h e F U L L m a r k .
Oil m a y be a d d e d w i t h t h e e n g i n e r u n n i n g
o r s t o p p e d . W h e n oil is a d d e d to t h e s y s -
t e m , it MUST be p o u r e d i n t o t h e s t r a i n e r
h o u s i n g h a v i n g t h e s q u a r e cap, F i g , 2 - 1 0 .

- 208 -
 M E C H A N I C A L E Q U I P M E N T AND SYSTEMS

Strainer Drain Valve

Open ONLY if drain-
ing the engine oil pan,
10010

Fig. 2-10 -- Adding Oil To

The Engine

WARNING: If t h e r o u n d c a p s a r e r e m o v e d
w h i l e t h e e n g i n e is r u n n i n g , h o t
oil u n d e r p r e s s u r e will flow
out of t h e o p e n i n g s .
8887

F i g . 2 - 8 - - G o v e r n o r Low Oil
Pressure Device GENERATORDRIVE TRANSMISSION

E n g i n e t o r q u e is t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e two DC
g e n e r a t o r s by a s t e p - u p g e a r a s s e m b l y ,
F i g . 2-11, h a v i n g a 1 r a t i o of 56:40. T h e
transmission contains a single spur drive
g e a r t h a t is c o u p l e d to t h e e n g i n e f l y w h e e l
and r o l l e r - b e a r i n g m o u n t e d on a s t a t i o n a r y
s h a f t . T h e s h a f t is m o u n t e d on t h e f r a m e
that supports the generators. The driven
g e a r s a r e b o l t e d to h u b s t h a t a r e p r e s s e d
on e a c h g e n e r a t o r s h a f t . T h e d r i v e n g e a r s
mesh directly with the drive gears.
i

L u b r i c a t i o n is p r o v i d e d b y t h e s p l a s h and
dip method, with the drive gear extending
into t h e oil pan l o c a t e d i n t h e l o w e r p o r t i o n
of t h e g e a r c a s e . An i n s p e c t i o n w i n d o w is
9831
p r o v i d e d on e a c h s i d e of t h e h o u s i n g f o r
Fig. 2-9 -- C h e c k i n g Oil L e v e l o b s e r v i n g l u b r i c a t i o n and o p e r a t i o n .

- 209 -
 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

........ ,

SECTION B-B

,¢7 % .~A,-" ~--- "~ ///" %

f'. ~,//,;.'-5~-~ -'-, ~ / / ' ~1
8 -- ', - " " L.-J /' --iB

p o o o , ~ o o o o

1. G e n e r a t o r A s s e m b l y 5. Drive Gear 10. Vent P i p e

2. D r i v e G e a r Stub Shaft 6. Drive Gear Support 11. I n s p e c t i o n Window
Support Assembly 7. Coupling A d a p t e r 12. Gear Case Assembly
3. G e n e r a t o r D r i v e F l a n g e 8. Stub Shaft 13. Lube Oil Gauge G l a s s
4. D r i v e n G e a r 9. Bearing Assembly 14. Oil P a n
11524

Fig. 2-11 -- Generator Drive Transmission

- 210 -
 SECTION 3

CONTROLS

INTRODUCTION through r a d i a t o r s or water cooled through

T h e Control e q u i p m e n t u s e d by the o p e r a t o r
is l o c a t e d at the engine c o n t r o l panel, the
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel, a n d the m o t o r con-
t r o l c a b i n e t . E a c h of the c o n t r o l locations
and t h e e q u i p m e n t it c o n t a i n s is d e s c r i b e d
in t h e f o l l o w i n g a r t i c l e s . The p a r a g r a p h
n u m b e r s c o r r e s p o n d to the r e f e r e n c e num-
b e r s given on the r e l a t e d i l l u s t r a t i o n .
ENGINE CONTROL PANEL
T h e panel shown in Fig. 3-1 is located on
the r a c k at the a c c e s s o r y end of the diesel
e n g i n e . Its e x a c t p o s i t i o n will d e p e n d upon
w h e t h e r the engine w a t e r is a i r cooled
a heat exchanger or keel cooling pipes.
H o w e v e r , in e i t h e r i n s t a l l a t i o n , the f u n c -
tion of the e q u i p m e n t on the panel r e m a i n s
the s a m e .
1. LOW OIL (LUBE OIL) LIGHT
E a c h engine g o v e r n o r is equipped with
a d e v i c e to d e t e c t low engine oil p r e s -
s u r e and high oil p u m p s u c t i o n . When
the d e v i c e is a c t u a t e d a plunger pops
out f r o m t h e g o v e r n o r b o d y . The
m o v e m e n t of t h i s p l u n g e r t r i p s a
s w i t c h t h a t t u r n s on the low oil light
on the engine c o n t r o l panel and e n e r -
g i z e s the a l a r m b e l l and a h o r n
magnet valve.

11477
1. Low Oil (Lube Oil) Light
2. Hot Engine Alarm
3. Alarm Test Pushbutton
4. Alarm Off Pushbutton
5. Isolation Switch
6. Fuel Oil P r e s s u r e Gauge
7. Lube Oil P r e s s u r e Gauge

SRIIE Panel ,,525 SRI2E Panel

Fig. 3-1 -- Engine Control Panel

- 300 -
 CONTROLS
On p o w e r units e q u i p p e d w i t h a b a s i c
g o v e r n o r , actuation of the low oil d e -
v i c e will c a u s e the e n g i n e to s h u t down.
When t h i s o c c u r s the ISOLATION
SWITCH should a l w a y s be p l a c e d in
oFF position.
2. HOT ENGINE LIGHT
When e n g i n e water t e m p e r a t u r e b e -
c o m e s e x c e s s i v e , an e n g i n e t e m p e r a -
t u r e s w i t c h closes to e n e r g i z e the
HOT ENGINE light, t h e a l a r m bell at
t h e p o w e r unit, the h o r n m a g n e t valve,
and any s u p p l e m e n t a r y a l a r m s i g n a l
d e v i c e s . T h e light w i l l go out w h e n
engine temperature becomes normal.
3. ALARM T E S T PUSHBUTTON
(SR-12E Only)
An ALARM TEST p u s h b u t t o n is l o c a t e d
on the e n g i n e control panel of S R - 1 2 E
p o w e r u n i t s . When t h e p u s h b u t t o n is
p r e s s e d , visible and audible ala~:m
s i g n a l s r e l a t i n g to a h o t e n g i n e o r low
oil p r e s s u r e a r e given.
4. ALARM OFF PUSHBUTTON
(SR-12E Only)
T h i s b u t t o n is p r o v i d e d on S R - 1 2 E
p o w e r units to s i l e n c e t h e audible
a l a r m s r e s u l t i n g f r o m a hot e n g i n e o r
l o w oil p r e s s u r e . It d o e s not act to
e x t i n g u i s h w a r n i n g l i g h t s . A t t e n t i o n to
the c a u s e f o r the a l a r m s i g n a l s h o u l d
be given b e f o r e the b u t t o n is p r e s s e d ,
and r e m e d i a l action s h o u l d not be
deferred.
CAUTION: Always isoIate a s t o p p e d o r
o v e r h e a t e d e n g i n e and t a k e
s t e p s to p r e v e n t c u r r e n t f r o m
f l o w i n g through a s t o p p e d g e n -
e r a t o r when it is p a i r e d with a
g e n e r a t o r that is d r i v e n by an
operating engine.
- 301
5. ISOLATION SWITCH
T h e ISOLATION SWITCH is a t h r e e -
p o s i t i o n r o t a r y s n a p s w i t c h . It r e -
m o v e s all load f r o m t h e p o w e r unit and
i s o l a t e s it f r o m t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l s .
T h e f u n c t i o n s of t h e s w i t c h p o s i t i o n s
a r e as follows:
a. Stop P o s i t i o n
This position energizes the shut-
down s o l e n o i d in t h e e n g i n e g o v -
ernor, causing:the engine injector
r a c k s to w i t h d r a w , t h u s c u t t i n g off
t h e Supply Of f u e l , t o t h e ~i n j e c t o r
s p r a y t i p s a n d c a u s i n g the e n g i n e
to s h u t down.
A f t e r t h e e n g i n e s t o p s , the I S O L A -
TION SWITCH s h o u l d always be r e -
t u r n e d to the O F F p o s i t i o n .
b. O f f - S t a r t P o s i t i o n
When the IS'OLATION s W I T c H is in
t h i s position, all g o v e r n o ~ s p e e d
setting solenoids are de-energized
and t h e c i r c u i t s to the g e n e r a t o r
field c o n t a c t o r c o i l s a r e open. T h e
d i e s e l e n g i n e can r u n at idle s p e e d ,
but the g e n e r a t o r f i e l d s will r e c e i v e
no e x c i t a t i o n and the ENGINE
S P E E D s w i t c h at t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n -
t r o l panel will not affect t h e i s o l a t e d
p o w e r unit.
Where generator shorting contac-
t o r s a r e used, t h e y a r e in the c l o s e d
position (shorted) when the ISOLA-
TION SWITCH is O F F . T h e f u n c t i o n
of t h e g e n e r a t o r s h o r t i n g c o n t a c t o r
is to s h o r t out s e r i e s c o n n e c t e d g e n -
e r a t o r s w h e n the p o w e r unit o p e r a -
t i n g one of the g e n e r a t o r s is i s o l a t e d
o r s h u t down. T h i s p r e v e n t s t h e
d a m a g i n g e f f e c t of c u r r e n t f l o w i n g
through a stopped generator.
-
 CONTROLS
c. Run P o s i t i o n
When the ISOLATION SWITCH is in
this position, engine s p e e d is con-
t r o l l e d f r o m the d r i l l e r ' s control
panel, and the g e n e r a t o r field con-
t a c t o r s m a y be e n e r g i z e d . G e n e r a -
t o r s h o r t i n g c o n t a e t o r s a r e open.
6. F U E L OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
T h i s gauge, located on the engine con-
t r o l c a b i n e t of S R - 1 2 E units, is not
p r o v i d e d on S R - 1 1 E units. It indicates
f u e l p r e s s u r e in the line b e t w e e n the
f u e l p u m p and the engine mounted
f i l t e r . W i t h the engine running the
p r e s s u r e is n o r m a l l y about 30 psi.
With the engine stopped, if f u e l p r e s -
s u r e at the gauge is above 10 psi, the
s y s t e m is b e i n g p r e s s u r i z e d from an
e x t e r n a l s o u r c e , s u c h as a h e a d of fuel.
U n d e r s u c h c o n d i t i o n s the p o s s i b i l i t y
e x i s t s that fuel m a y l e a k into the c y l -
i n d e r s and c a u s e a h y d r a u l i c l o c k w h e n
the engine is s t a r t e d . If the gauge in-
d i c a t e s m o r e than 10 psi w i t h the en-
gine stopped, m a k e a t h o r o u g h i n v e s -
t i g a t i o n b e f o r e s t a r t i n g the engine.
7. L U B E OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
T h i s gauge, l o c a t e d on the engine con-
t r o l c a b i n e t of S R - 1 2 E units, is not
p r o v i d e d on S R - 1 1 E units. It indicates
lube oil p r e s s u r e at the b l o w e r . L u -
b r i c a t i n g oil p r e s s u r e is not adjust-
a b l e . T h e o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e range
is d e t e r m i n e d by s u c h things as manu-
f a c t u r i n g t o l e r a n c e s , oil t e m p e r a t u r e ,
and engine s p e e d . G e n e r a l l y lubri-
c a t i n g oil p r e s s u r e will b e between
16 to 25 psi at idle s p e e d and 30 to 50
psi at full s p e e d . If p r e s s u r e falls
b e l o w 6 psi at idle or 18 psi at full
s p e e d , the low oil p r e s s u r e device in
the g o v e r n o r will s t o p the engine.
- 302
DRILLER'S CONTROL CABINET
C o n t r o l s n e c e s s a r y f o r o p e r a t i o n of p o w e r
units u s e d to d r i v e d r i l l i n g e q u i p m e n t a r e
l o c a t e d at the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l c a b i n e t .
T h e low v o l t a g e e l e c t r i c a l d e v i c e s a r e
u s e d to s e l e c t the o p e r a t i n g a r r a n g e m e n t
and engine s p e e d s and to r e g u l a t e , t h r o u g h
c o n t r o l of g e n e r a t o r excitation, p o w e r
a v a i l a b l e to the d r i v e m o t o r s . O t h e r d e -
v i c e s s u c h as signal lights and shutdown
and r e s e t p u s h b u t t o n s a r e a l s o l o c a t e d on
the c o n t r o l panel.
T h e f o l l o w i n g a r t i c l e s d e s c r i b e the f u n c -
tion of the e q u i p m e n t on the d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l panel. The p a r a g r a p h n u m b e r s do
not c o r r e s p o n d to the n u m b e r s given on the
i l l u s t r a t i o n of the c o n t r o l cabinet, Fig.
3 - 2 . The c a b i n e t u s e d f o r i l l u s t r a t i v e
p u r p o s e s h e r e c o n t a i n s m o s t of the c o n t r o l
e q u i p m e n t l i k e l y to be p r o v i d e d with any
p a r t i c u l a r s e t of d r i l l i n g r i g p o w e r units.
H o w e v e r , any given d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l c a b -
inet m a y contain m o r e or f e w e r c o n t r o l s .
On s o m e i n s t a l l a t i o n s a s u p p l e m e n t a r y
c o n t r o l cabinet, Fig. 3-3, is p r o v i d e d .
Such a c a b i n e t m a y b e l o c a t e d on a t e n d e r
f o r an o f f s h o r e i n s t a l l a t i o n . It allows mud
pump o p e r a t i o n s to be c o n t r o l l e d f r o m the
tender.
1. B L O W E R S T O P P U S H B U T T O N
The drive motor b l o w e r s are powered
b y AC c u r r e n t f r o m an o u t s i d e s o u r c e .
The AC p o w e r c i r c u i t s to the m o t o r s
a r e c o m p l e t e d when c o n t a e t o r s u s i n g
DC c o n t r o l c u r r e n t a r e e n e r g i z e d in
conjunction with s t a r t i n g of the d r i v e
m o t o r s . T h e s e c o n t a c t o r s a r e held in
b y t h e i r own holding i n t e r l o c k s until
the DC c o n t r o l c u r r e n t is i n t e r r u p t e d .
T h e r e f o r e , the m o t o r b l o w e r s will c o n -
tinue to o p e r a t e a f t e r the d r i v e m o t o r s
a r e no l o n g e r u n d e r power, but the
control circuits are energized.
-
 CONTROLS

0 ~ 1 ~¸ 6 g
I

I ~4U b

Fig. 3-2 -- Driller's Control Cabinet

1. Blower Stop Pushbutton 7. Mud Pump Control Switch

2. Lube Oil Light
3. Surge Light
4, Blower Failure Light
!
5. Engine Overload Light
6. Selector Unlocked Light
8. Power Shutdown Pushbutton
9. Surge Relay Reset Pushbutton
10. Engine Speed Switch
11. Selector Switch
12. Driiler ~S Power c o n t r o l s

9i 37--2.
. ,,/

, (12 ¸ , i:

: 12 :i!!:i:' !~ ,l:i¸ ~il

1407 4

Fig. 3-3 -- Mud Pump Control Cabinet

- 303 -
 CONTROLS
T h e B L O W S T O P p u s h b u t t o n on the
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l c a b i n e t i n t e r r u p t s the
c i r c u i t to all m o t o r b l o w e r s . The
m o t o r b l o w e r s f o r d r i v e m o t o r s that
a r e o p e r a t i n g will r e s u m e o p e r a t i o n
w h e n the pushbutton is r e l e a s e d . How-
e v e r , if s o m e d r i v e m o t o r s a r e o p e r a -
t i n g when the B L O W E R S T O P push-
b u t t o n is p r e s s e d , the BLOWER
F A I L U R E light will c o m e on and an
a l a r m will sound.
T h e S T O P pushbuttons on the motor
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t m a y b e u s e d w h e n it is
d e s i r e d to s t o p b l o w e r s independently.
T h e s e p u s h b u t t o n s a r e m e n t i o n e d in the
a r t i c l e s on m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t con-
t r o l s in t h i s s e c t i o n of the m a n u a l .
2. L U B E OIL LIGHT
T h i s light c o m e s on w h e n the low oil
s w i t c h t r i p s on any p o w e r unit in an
installation.
CAUTION: On the b a s i c o r s t a n d a r d in-
s t a l l a t i o n , the a f f e c t e d engine
will shut down w h e n an oil fail-
u r e o c c u r s . If at s u c h t i m e the
o p e r a t i n g a r r a n g e m e n t is such
t h a t the g e n e r a t o r s of t h e stop-
ped units a r e c o n n e c t e d in
s e r i e s with g e n e r a t o r s of an
o p e r a t i n g unit, t h e s t o p p e d gen-
e r a t o r m a y be d a m a g e d if c u r -
r e n t is allowed to flow through
it. If o p e r a t i o n is to continue,
t h e s t o p p e d unit m u s t b e isola-
t e d and its g e n e r a t o r s s h o r t e d
out. On units e q u i p p e d with a
t i m e d e l a y s h o r t i n g r e l a y and
s h o r t i n g c o n t a c t o r s , this is
done b y p l a c i n g t h e ISOLATION
SWITCH in O F F p o s i t i o n . On
units not e q u i p p e d with shorting
c o n t a c t o r s , the s h o r t i n g must
b e done b y m e a n s of a cable
o r the S E L E C T O R s w i t c h may
b e t u r n e d to a p o s i t i o n not using
the s t o p p e d g e n e r a t o r . In any
- 304 -
event, do not o p e r a t e in a c i r -
cuit a r r a n g e m e n t w h e r e g e n -
e r a t o r s a r e c o n n e c t e d in s e r i e s
and one of the g e n e r a t o r s is
not r o t a t i n g .
3. SURGE H G H T
A sudden s u r g e of c u r r e n t r e s u l t i n g
from generator flashover or a
grounded c o n d i t i o n will c a u s e a s u r g e
r e l a y to t r i p . R e l a y action c a u s e s l o s s
of g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n and e n e r g i z e s
the SURGE L I G H T . T h e r e l a y is held
t r i p p e d but is r e l e a s e d when the SR
R E S E T b u t t o n is p r e s s e d ; h o w e v e r , to
regain power the applicable power
c o n t r o l m u s t b e r e t u r n e d to~l~e O F F
p o s i t i o n and t h e n a d v a n c e d .
4. B L O W E R F A I L U R E LIGHT
T h i s light will c o m e on when, f o r any
r e a s o n , a m o t o r b l o w e r c o n t a c t o r is
d e - e n e r g i z e d while its r e l a t e d d r i v e
m o t o r is u n d e r p o w e r , or if t h e b l o w e r
o v e r l o a d r e l a y t r i p s due to f a i l u r e of
AC p o w e r .
5. E N ~ N E O V E R L O A D LIGHT
When the engine g o v e r n o r has a d v a n c e d
the engine i n j e c t o r r a c k s to a point
b e y o n d that r e q u i r e d f o r r a t e d h o r s e -
power, an o v e r l o a d s w i t c h OLS in the
g o v e r n o r is t r i p p e d . T h i s s w i t c h t u r n s
on ENGINE O V E R L O A D light as an
indication t o the d r i l l e r .
6. S E L E C T O R U N L O C K E D ~ G H T
The S E L E C T O R s w i t c h is e q u i p p e d
with a l o c k i n g d e t e n t and locking s o l -
enoid. The s o l e n o i d is d e - e n e r g i z e d t o
lock the S E L E C T O R s w i t c h while any
p o w e r c o n t r o l is on. T h i s l o c k p r e -
v e n t s m o v e m e n t of the S E L E C T O R
s w i t c h and p r e c l u d e s opening of p o w e r
c o n t a c t o r s u n d e r p o w e r . The S E L E C -
TOR U N L O C K E D light i n d i c a t e s that
 CONTROLS

the s e l e c t o r detent i s unlocked and that d e s i g n of the i n s t a l l a t i o n . On s o m e i n -

the S E L E C T O R s w i t c h position m a y
be c h a n g e d .
7. MUD P U M P TRANSFER SWITCH
On i n s t a l l a t i o n s equipped with a s u p -
plementary driller's control for con-
t r o l of mud pumps f r o m a t e n d e r , a
mud pump t r a n s f e r s w i t c h MPT is
p r o v i d e d . T h i s s w i t c h e n a b l e s an op-
e r a t o r on t h e t e n d e r to u t i l i z e mud
pumps f o r mixing p u r p o s e s .
s t a l l a t i o n s the m a i n p o w e r units a r e
m o u n t e d on a t e n d e r and an a u x i l i a r y
p o w e r unit is m o u n t e d o n t h e p l a t f o r m .
On o t h e r i n s t a l l a t i o n s the p l a t f o r m
m o u n t e d p o w e r unit f u n c t i o n s as p a r t
of the m a i n b o d y of p o w e r units. In
e i t h e r c a s e , e l e c t r i c a l s e p a r a t i o n of
the t e n d e r f r o m the p l a t f o r m d e m a n d s
substitute methods for selecting power
a r r a n g e m e n t if o p e r a t i o n s a r e to c o n -
tinue.

The s w i t c h h a s f o u r p o s i t i o n s and is
The PLATFORM SELECTOR switch
equipped with a locking s o l e n o i d and
p r o v i d e s the g e n e r a t o r - t o - m o t o r c o n -
d e t e n t that p r e v e n t a c h a n g e of position
n e c t i o n s f o r o p e r a t i o n with a s i n g l e
while mud pumps a r e o p e r a t i n g . T h e
p l a t f o r m - m o u n t e d p o w e r unit. T h e
s w i t c h is unlocked b y the e n e r g i z e d
s w i t c h c o n t a i n s f o u r position to s e l e c t
solenoid when all m u d p u m p p o w e r
the p o w e r a r r a n g e m e n t b e t w e e n the
c o n t r o l s a r e placed in the O F F p o s i -
two available g e n e r a t o r s and d r i v e
tion.
m o t o r s on the p l a t f o r m . The s e q u e n c e
Fig. 3-4 shows how c o n t r o l of the mud of p o w e r a r r a n g e m e n t is at the option
pumps is t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m the of the u s e r .
J
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel on the p l a t f o r m
to the mud pump c o n t r o l panel on the T h e s w i t c h is p r o v i d e d with a l o c k i n g
!4
tender. s o l e n o i d that p r e v e n t s m o v e m e n t w h e n
the t e n d e r p o w e r is applied to :~ the
,8. PLATFORM SELECTOR SWITCH p l a t f o r m o r w h e n any p o w e r c o n t r o l is
a d v a n c e d . If the p o w e r c o n t a c t o r s p r o -
T h e l o c a t i o n of power units on p l a t f o r m
vided on the i n s t a l l a t i o n a r e s u c h t h a t
t e n d e r installations d e p e n d s upon t h e
certain contactors are controlled only
by the P L A T F O R M S E L E C T O R switch,
i n t e r l o c k s of the v a r i o u s c o n t a c t o r s
MUD PUMP
TRANSFER prevent circuit a r r a n g e m e n t s that
SWITCH # i MUD #2 MUD would a c c i d e n t a l l y p a r a l l e l the output
POSITION PUMP PUMP
of t h e g e n e r a t o r s on the p l a t f o r m with
Controlled From t h o s e o n the t e n d e r .

1 Platform
2 Tender
3 Platform
4 Tender
OFF OFF
Fig. 3-4 -- Mud P u m p T r a n s f e r
Switch A r r a n g e m e n t
Platform
If, as is t h e c a s e on s o m e i n s t a l l a -
Platform tions, the P L A T F O R M S E L E C T O R
s w i t c h o p e r a t e s the s a m e c o n t a c t o r s
Tender
as d o e s the S E L E C T O R switch; t h e
Tender p o w e r c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n s will be opened
when the t e n d e r i s m o v e d away f r o m
OFF
the p l a t f o r m . It is n e c e s s a r y to m a k e
u s e of plugging c a b l e s to c l o s e the e n d s
left in the p o w e r c i r c u i t s b y r e m o v a l
of t h e t e n d e r p o w e r c a b l e s .

- 305 -
 CONTROLS

9. P O W E R SHUTDOWN P U S H B U T T O N

T h i s pushbutton, when p r e s s e d , i n t e r -
r u p t s c o n t r o l c u r r e n t to all g e n e r a t o r Either Nei~er
f i e l d c o n t a c t o r c o i l s . All GF c o n t a c - Generator Generator
t o r s d r o p out i m m e d i a t e l y , c a u s i n g Producing Producing
Engine Power Power
l o s s of all g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n and
Speed
s p e e d r e d u c t i o n of all e n g i n e s t o idle Switch GF1 or GF2 GF1 and GF2
o r low s p e e d . D r i l l e r ' s p o w e r c o n t r o l s Setting Closed Open
m u s t b e r e t u r n e d to t h e i r O F F posi-
Resulting Resulting
tions before power can be r e - e s t a b - Speed Speed
lished.
Low Low Low
10. SR R E S E T P U S H B U T T O N Medium Medium Idle
High High Low
W h e n a s u r g e r e l a y is a c t u a t e d b e c a u s e
of a high v o l t a g e ground or g e n e r a t o r
f l a s h o v e r , i t is held in the tripped
p o s i t i o n b y a m e c h a n i c a l l a t c h . To F i g . 3-5 -- E n g i n e S p e e d C h a r t
r e l e a s e this l a t c h the SR RESET
p u s h b u t t o n is p r e s s e d t o e n e r g i z e an of s e v e n s e p a r a t e o p e r a t i n g p o s i t i o n s .
u n l o c k i n g s o l e n o i d and allow the surge S e e Fig. 3 - 6 f o r an e x a m p l e of the c i r -
r e l a y to d r o p out. The g e n e r a t o r field cuit a r r a n g e m e n t s o b t a i n e d through the
e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t s m a y then b e r e - S E L E C T O R s w i t c h . E v e n though e a c h
e s t a b l i s h e d if the c o n d i t i o n c a u s i n g t h e s e c t i o n of the s w i t c h c o n t r o l s a s e p a -
c u r r e n t s u r g e has b e e n c o r r e c t e d . r a t e c i r c u i t and is d r a w n in one of
fourteen locations onwiringdiagrams,
II. ENGINE SPEED SWITCH it should b e r e m e m b e r e d that all s e c -
t i o n s a r e at one p h y s i c a l location and
T h e p o s i t i o n s of t h i s r o t a r y snap
will be in an i d e n t i c a l s e l e c t o r p o s i t i o n .
s w i t c h s e l e c t the c o m b i n a t i o n of gov-
e r n o r s o l e n o i d s n e c e s s a r y to obtain the T h e function of the S E L E C T O R s w i t c h
r e q u i r e d engine speed, low, medium, is to c o m p l e t e v a r i o u s c i r c u i t s r e -
o r high. H o w e v e r , the s p e e d switch q u i r e d to p r o v i d e the n e c e s s a r y g e n e r -
s e t t i n g d o e s not affect all p o w e r units a t o r to m o t o r c o n n e c t i o n s that o f f e r the
in the s a m e m a n n e r . T h e engine speed most advantageous power distribution
of a p a r t i c u l a r p o w e r unit is dependent f o r the p a r t i c u l a r d r i l l i n g r e q u i r e -
upon b o t h the ENGINE S P E E D switch m e n t s . A plate on the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l
and the S E L E C T O R s w i t c h positions. panel i n d i c a t e s the g e n e r a t o r to m o t o r
F i g . 3-5 s h o w s engine s p e e d s r e s u l t i n g c o n n e c t i o n s o b t a i n e d in the v a r i o u s
f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n of switch SELECTOR switch p o s i t i o n s . The
settings. b a s i c s e q u e n c e of m o t o r to g e n e r a t o r
c o n n e c t i o n s , t h r o u g h the v a r i o u s p o w e r
12. SELECTOR SWITCH eontactors, may be completely r e -
a r r a n g e d to m e e t s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e -
T h e S E L E C T O R s w i t c h is m a d e up of
m e n t s or c u s t o m e r p r e f e r e n c e s .
f o u r t e e n r o t a r y s n a p s w i t c h e s stacked
in l a y e r s and k e y e d to a s i n g l e shaft. Because power contactors c a n b e d a m -
T h e knob at the end of the s h a f t can be aged when o p e n e d u n d e r load, the
s w i t c h e d f r o m the O F F p o s i t i o n to each S E L E C T O R s w i t c h is equipped with a

- 306 -
 CONTROLS

SELECTOR
SWITCH MUD PUM P MUD PUM P ROTARY
POSITION DRAW WORKS NO. 1 NO. 2 TABLE REMARKS
Pos. 1 3GI IGI-2G2 2G1-3G2 1G2 SURFACE DRILL
DRILL
Pos. 2 2GI 1G1-2G2 3G1-3G2 IG2 ENGINE NO. 3
SHUTDOWN
DRILL
Pos. 3 2G1 3GI-3G2 1G1-2G2 IG2 ENGINE NO. 3
SHUTDOWN
I
DRILL
Pos. 4 2G1-3G2 OFF 3GI 2G2 ENGINE NO, 1
j,
SHUTDOWN
DRILL
Pos. 5 3G1 IGI-3G2 OFF 1G2 ENGINE NO. 2
SHUTDOWN
DRILL
POS. 6 3G1 OFF 1G1-3G2 IG2 ENGINE NO. 2
SHUTDOWN
Pos. 7 1G1-2G2 2G1 3G1-3G2 1G2 HOIST

NOTE: To interpret the above table, refer to SELECTOR switch position

No. 1 and the mud pump No. 2 column. The legend 2G1-3G2 indicates
that generator No. 1 of the No. 2 Skid and generator No. 2 of the ,
number 3 skid are supplying power to the.No. 2 mud pump motors.

Fig. 3 - 6 -- S a m p l e S e l e c t o r S w i t c h A r r a n g e m e n t ,
T h r e e P o w e r Unit I n s t a l l a t i o n

l o c k i n g d e v i c e that p r e v e n t s m o v e m e n t ated f r o m this shaft. When the power

of t h e s w i t c h when a n y p o w e r c o n t r o l i s control is advanced, this switch s e t s
a d v a n c e d . A light o n the d r i l l e r ' s up c i r c u i t s n e c e s s a r y t o c l o s e and h o l d
control panel provides indication when in t h e p r o p e r g e n e r a t o r f i e l d c o n -
t h e S E L E C T O R s w i t c h is u n l o c k e d . tactors.

13. D R I L L E R ' S POWER C O N T R O L S The variable transformer provides a

v a r i a b l e butput to the control windings
T h e r e is one power c o n t r o l f o r e a c h
of t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r s t h a t s u p p l y
s e p a r a t e d r i v e . All of t h e c o n t r o l s a r e
excitation current to the generator
of s i m i l a r c o n s t r u c t i o n , u s i n g a s i n g l e
f i e l d s . F o r a n e x p l a n a t i o n of t h e e x -
c o i l v a r i a b l e t r a n s f o r m e r w o u n d on a
c i t a t i o n s y s t e m , s e e S e c t i o n 4 of t h i s
cylindrical magnetic core. A variable
manual.
v o l t a g e t a p b r u s h is o p e r a t e d f r o m a
r o t a t i n g shaft to change the output. A Although the variable transformers
run switch, or interlock, is also oper- used for the various power controls are

- 307 -
 CONTROLS
identical, the m e c h a n i c a l m e a n s for
t u r n i n g the t r a n s f o r m e r shafts v a r i e s
w i t h t h e u s e of the c o n t r o l .
a. M U D P U M P C o n t r o l K n o b s
B e c a u s e t h e m u d p u m p m o t o r s d o not
o p e r a t e in r e v e r s e , a s i m p l e k n o b is
u s e d f o r c o n t r o l . T h i s knob is t u r n e d
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to s t a r t and t o in-
c r e a s e p o w e r to m u d p u m p d r i v e
motors.
b . D R A W WORKS And T A B L E
Control Handwheels
T h e D R A W WORKS and T A B L E c o n -
trols are provided with circular
" v a l v e t y p e " h a n d w h e e l s f o r e a s e of
manipulation. The handwheels are
p u s h e d in f o r f o r w a r d o p e r a t i o n and
p u l l e d out f o r r e v e r s e o p e r a t i o n .
P o w e r is t u r n e d on and i n c r e a s e d by
r o t a t i n g the control handwheel
counter-clockwise.
S e v e r a l s w i t c h e s , o r i n t e r l o c k s , are
actuated by handwheel movement.
A s on t h e MUD P U M P c o n t r o l , the
r u n s w i t c h s e t s up c i r c u i t s n e c e s -
s a r y to c l o s e and hold in the p r o p e r
g e n e r a t o r f i e l d c o n t a c t o r s w h e n the
h a n d w h e e l is a d v a n c e d out of the
OFF position.
A s e c o n d s w i t c h ( r e v e r s i n g } i s op-
e r a t e d w h e n t h e h a n d w h e e l is p u s h e d
in f o r f o r w a r d o p e r a t i o n and pulled
14. FUSES ( L o c a t e d B e h i n d T h e P a n e l ,
o u t f o r r e v e r s e o p e r a t i o n . It con-
t r o l s t h e p o s i t i o n i n g of the h e a v y
duty forward andreversecon-
tactors.
A t h i r d s w i t c h m a y b e p r o v i d e d on
s o m e i n s t a l l a t i o n s . It is a c t u a t e d
o n l y w h e n t h e p o w e r c o n t r o l is
t u r n e d c l o c k w i s e b e y o n d the OFF
p o s i t i o n . T h i s s w i t c h , c a l l e d the
I n e r t i a B r a k e s w i t c h , t u r n s off the
s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n s u p p l y to the m o t o r
- 3 0 8
f i e l d s , and c a u s e s b o t h f o r w a r d and
r e v e r s e p o w e r c o n t a c t o r s to p i c k up,
shorting out the d r i v e m o t o r fields.
The resultingmagnetic flux causes a
s l o w d o w n on t h e d r i v e m o t o r a r m a -
t u r e , a l l o w i n g d i s e n g a g e m e n t of j a w
t y p e c l u t c h e s . W h e r e an a i r o p e r -
a t e d m e c h a n i c a l i n e r t i a b r a k e is
u s e d , i t s m a g n e t v a l v e is o p e r a t e d
by the Inertia Brake switch. The
r o t a r y t a b l e c o n t r o l c o n t a i n s t h e IB
s w i t c h to c l o s e b o t h r e v e r s i n g c o n -
f a c t o r s and p r e v e n t c r e e p i n g . S u p e r
e x c i t a t i o n is not o r d i n a r i l y f i t t e d to
the rotary table motor.
c. S P I N O U T P U S H B U T T O N
T h e S P I N O U T p u s h b u t t o n is u s e d
i n s t e a d of t h e T A B L E c o n t r o l h a n d -
wheel when "breaking out" pipe. The
b u t t o n is e f f e c t i v e o n l y w h e n t h e
T A B L E c o n t r o l is in p o s i t i o n f o r
f o r w a r d O p e r a t i o n , and s h o u l d o n l y
b e u s e d w h e n t h e h a n d w h e e l is
turned to the O F F position. When
t h e b u t t o n is p r e s s e d in, t h e v a r i -
able transformer at t h e T A B L E
c o n t r o l is d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m the
g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t and a
f i x e d (but a d j u s t a b l e } s i g n a l is a p -
p l i e d . T h i s c a u s e s t h e t a b l e to r o -
t a t e in a f o r w a r d d i r e c t i o n at a p r e -
d e t e r m i n e d s l o w r a t e of s p e e d a s
l o n g as t h e b u t t o n is p r e s s e d .
F i g s . 3 - 2 and 3-3)
T w o - a m p e r e f u s e s a r e u s e d to p r o t e c t
the c i r c u i t s b e t w e e n the v a r i a b l e
t r a n s f o r m e r s o p e r a t e d by the d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l s and t h e i r r e l a t e d m a g n e t i c
a m p l i f i e r d r i v e c o i l s . If t h e g e n e r a t o r
field contactors GF are energized when
p o w e r c o n t r o l s a r e a d v a n c e d , b u t no
p o w e r is d e v e l o p e d , a b l o w n f u s e m a y
be suspected.
-
 CONTROLS
DRAW WORKS FOOT PEDAL CONTROL
On d r a w w o r k s i n s t a l l a t i o n s e q u i p p e d with
f r i c t i o n t y p e clutches, a foot c o n t r o l pedal,
F i g . 3-7, m a y be p r o v i d e d to s u p p l e m e n t
t h e c o n t r o l p r o v i d e d by t h e d r i l l e r ' s h a n d -
w h e e l . T h i s control i s l o c a t e d at t h e
d r i l l e r ' s s t a t i o n . It is p r o v i d e d to allow t h e
o p e r a t o r to u s e his h a n d s to c o n t r o l the
friction type clutch while c o n t r o l l i n g d r a w
w o r k s m o t o r power w i t h the f o o t c o n t r o l .
T h e p e d a l i s equipped w i t h a s p r i n g r e t u r n .
T h e foot c o n t r o l c i r c u i t is e x p l a i n e d in
S e c t i o n 4 of t h i s m a n u a l .
11466
F i g . 3-7 -- D r a w W o r k s C o n t r o l P e d a l
GENERATOR CONTROL CABINET,
Fig. 3-8
E a c h p o w e r u n i t contains a g e n e r a t o r c o n -
t r o l c a b i n e t , and cabinets c o n t a i n t h e s a m e
e q u i p m e n t on e i t h e r the S R - 1 1 E and SR- 12E
power units.
Of t h e e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t l o c a t e d at t h e
g e n e r a t o r c o n t r o l cabinet, o n l y t h o s e p u s h -
b u t t o n s r e q u i r i n g m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n , and
fuses requiring replacement are described
- 309
in t h i s s e c t i o n of t h e m a n u a l . F o r a d e s -
c r i p t i o n of o t h e r e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t in
the motor control cabinet refer to Sec-
t i o n s 4 and 5 of t h i s m a n u a l .
1. G E N E R A T O R B L O W E R OVERLOAD
GBOL, RESET PUSHBUTTONS
When a generator blower becomes
o v e r l o a d e d , t h e o v e r l o a d r e l a y t r i p s to
d i s r u p t b l o w e r p o w e r and g e n e r a t o r
excitation. Before operation can re-
s u m e the r e s e t p u s h b u t t o n o n t h e GBOL
r e l a y m u s t be p r e s s e d i n , and t h e
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l f o r t h e affected g e n -
e r a t o r m u s t be p ! a c e d in t h e O F F
position.
2. 7 0 - A M P E R E G E N E R A T O R
F I E L D FUSES
P o w e r f r o m an e x t e r n a l AC s o u r c e is
t r a n s f o r m e d b y T R F l, 2, 3, and 4.
The 70-ampere fuses protect the cir-
c u i t s b e t w e e n t h e s e t r a n s f o r m e r s and
the magnetic amplifier power coils,
a n d t h e g e n e r a t o r v o l t a g e and c u r r e n t
transductor impedance coils. Fll, 12,
and' !3 p r o t e c t t h e ~c i r c u i t s r e l a t e d to
t h e No. 1 g e n e r a t o r . F21, 22, and 23
p r o t e c t t h e c i r c u i t s r e l a t e d to t h e No. 2
generator.
MOTOR CONTROL CABINET(S)
D e p e n d i n g u p o n t h e t y p e of d r i l l i n g i n -
s t a l l a t i o n , e i t h e r one o r two m o t o r c o n t r o l
cabinets maybe provided. Some equipment
u s e s two m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t s , one p l a t -
f o r m m o u n t e d and one t e n d e r m o u n t e d ,
o t h e r e q u i p m e n t r e q u i r e s o n l y one c a b i n e t ,
the necessary switchgear willbe contained
in j u s t t h a t c a b i n e t .
Only those switches or pushbuttons re-
q u i r i n g m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n , and f u s e s r e -
q u i r i n g r e p l a c e m e n t a r e d e s c r i b e d in t h i s
s e c t i o n of t h e m a n u a l . F o r a d e s c r i p t i o n of
o t h e r e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t in t h e m o t o r
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t r e f e r to S e c t i o n s 4 and 5 of
this manual.
-
 CONTROLS

GVTII

GVT21

Magnetic Amplifier

GCT I I
GCT21

440 V AC Supply , i i!~! ~ Unit Control :fill

Cable Entrance ~ 0 ~ ~ '~ Cable Entrance ~

14492

F i g . 3-8 -- G e n e r a t o r C o n t r o l Cabinet

MOTOR C O N T R O L C A B I N E T
(RIGHT SIDE) Fig. 3-9

1. M O T O R B L O W E R OVERLOAD, OL,
R E S E T PUSHBUTTONS

An o v e r l o a d on a d r i v e - m o t o r b l o w e r
m o t o r will c a u s e the o v e r l o a d r e l a y t o
t r i p and d i s r u p t AC p o w e r to the
b l o w e r , but p o w e r to the r e l a t e d drive
m o t o r will not b e a f f e c t e d . It i s nec-
e s s a r y f o r the o p e r a t o r to t a k e steps
t o p r e v e n t o v e r h e a t i n g of the drive
m o t o r when a m o t o r b l o w e r o v e r l o a d
r e l a y t r i p s . An a l a r m will sound to
indicate blower failure.

T h e R E S E T pushbutton o n t h e O L relay I 4498

m u s t b e p r e s s e d to r e s t o r e p o w e r tothe Fig. 3-9 -- M o t o r C o n t r o l C a b i n e t -

b l o w e r m o t o r a f t e r an o v e r l o a d trip. Right Side View

- 310 -
 CONTROLS

2. MANUAL MOTOR B L O W E R S T A R T
PUSHB UTTONS

M o t o r b l o w e r s will s t a r t a u t o m a t i c a l l y
w h e n a d r i v e m o t o r i s p l a c e d in o p e r a -
tion; h o w e v e r , the b l o w e r s m a y be
s t a r t e d i n d e p e n d e n t of d r i v e m o t o r
o p e r a t i o n by use of t h e S T A R T b u t t o n s
l o c a t e d on t h e right s i d e d o o r of t h e
m o t o r c o n t r o l cabinet.
~es
3. MOTOR BLOWER S T O P
PUSHBUTTONS

Motor blowers continue to operate

after their related drive motors are
s h u t down. T w o m e a n s of s t o p p i n g t h e
b l o w e r m o t o r s are p r o v i d e d , a p u s h -
b u t t o n on t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel
s t o p s all b l o w e r m o t o r s ; b u t t o n s on t h e
r i g h t s i d e d o o r s of t h e m o t o r c o n t r o l
cabinets stop specific blower motors.

4.20-AMPERE CONTROL POWER 14499

FUSES
F i g . 3-10 -- M o t o r C o n t r o l C a b i n e t -
These fuses protect the control power
L e f t Side View
circuits. i
ii
I
2 0 - A M P E R E SUPER E X C I T A T I O N b e d a m a g e d and a f i r e h a z a r d
FUSES cre ated.
T h e s e f u s e s p r o t e c t t h e c~rcuitS p r o - Mud P u m p S a f e t y S w i t c h e s
r i d i n g s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n of t h e d r a w
T h e s e s w i t c h e s a r e p r o v i d e d to p r e -
works motors.
v e n t i n a d v e r t e n t o p e r a t i o n of m u d
NOTE: On a t w o - c a b i n e t i n s t a l l a t i o n , t h i s p u m p s d u r i n g m a i n t e n a n c e or r e p a i r .
a r e a on t h e t e n d e r - m o u n t e d c a b i n e t
Table Safety Switch
c o n t a i n s fuses t h a t p r o t e c t a v o l t -
age t r a n s f e r r e l a y c i r c u i t . T h i s s w i t c h p r e v e n t s o p e r a t i o n of t h e
table motor during maintenance or
MOTOR CONTROL CABINET repair.
(LEFT SIDE) Fig. 3-10
Draw Works Safety Switch
1. S A F E T Y SWITCHES
T h i s s w i t c h p r e v e n t s o p e r a t i o n of the
CAUTION: Do not m o v e any safety draw works motors during mainte-
s w i t c h e s until it is c e r t a i n t h a t nance or repair.
t h e p o w e r c o n t r o l r e l a t e d to t h e
. S U P E R E X C I T A T I O N SWITCH
s w i t c h is in t h e O F F p o s i t i o n .
If a switch i s m o v e d while its T h i s s w i t c h is u s e d to e s t a b l i s h o r
related contactors are carry- b r e a k the s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t to
ing current, the contactors may the draw works motors.

- 3 1 1 -
 CONTROLS

3. TORQUE LIMIT SWITCH The following ~articles d e s c r i b e the func-

This switch, when placed in a limiting
position, r e c a l i b r a t e s the power limit
c i r c u i t s for the r o t a r y table. It is used
to e s t a b l i s h r o t a r y table torque limits
c o n s i s t e n t with d r i l l i n g equipment in
use.
CEMENTING PUMP CONTROL
CABINET, Fig. 3-11
On s p e c i a l o r d e r , d r i l l i n g r i g power
equipment can be provided for powering
and c ont r ol of c e m e nt i ng pumps. The
control cabinet for c e m e nt i ng pumps is
located on or near pump installation.
tion of the equipment on the cemen t i n g
pump control panel.
1. SELECTOR UNLOCKED HGHT
The SELECTOR switch is equipped
with a locking detent and locking sol-
enoid. The solenoid is d e - e n e r g i z e d
to lock the SELECTOR switch while a
cementing pump power control is on,
This lock prevents m o v e m e n t of the
SELECTOR switch and p r e c l u d e s op-
ening of power c o n t a c t o r s under power.
The SELECTOR UNLOCKED light in-
dicates that the s e l e c t o r detent is
unlocked and t h a t t h e SELECTOR
switch position m a y be changed.

12411

1. S e l e c t o r Unlocked Light 5. Blower F a i l u r e Light 8. Engine Speed Caution Plate

2. Lube Oil Light 6. Surge Light 9. Cementing Pump Control
3. Engine Overload Light 7. SR Reset Pushbutton Handwheel
4. Engine Speed Switch 10. S e l e c t o r Switch

Fig. 3-11 -- Cementing Pump Control Panel

- 312 -
 CONTROLS
2. LUBE OIL LIGHT
T h i s light c o m e s on when the low oil
s w i t c h t r i p s on any p o w e r unit in an
installation.
3. ENGINE OVERLOAD LIGHT
When the engine g o v e r n o r has ad-
v a n c e d the engine i n j e c t o r r a c k s to a
point beyond that r e q u i r e d f o r r a t e d
h o r s e p o w e r , an o v e r l o a d s w i t c h OLS
in the g o v e r n o r is t r i p p e d . T h i s switch
t u r n s on ENGINE OVERLOAD light as
an i n d i c a t i o n to the d r i l l e r :
4: ENGINE SPEED SWITCH
T h e p o s i t i o n s of t h i s r o t a r y snap
s w i t c h s e l e c t the c o m b i n a t i o n of gov-
e r n o r s o l e n o i d s n e c e s s a r y to obtain
the r e q u i r e d engine s p e e d ; low, m e d i -
um, or high. However, t h e engine
s p e e d of a p a r t i c u l a r p o w e r unit is
d e p e n d e n t u p o n b o t h the ENGINE
S P E E D s w i t c h and the S E L E C T O R
s w i t c h position. Fig. 3-5 shows e n -
gine s p e e d s r e s u l t i n g f r o m the c o m -
bination of switch s e t t i n g s .
O b s e r v e the plate m o u n t e d a d j a c e n t to
the engine s p e e d s w i t c h . It cautions
a g a i n s t u s i n g high e n g i n e s p e e d when
the c e m e n t i n g pump m o t o r is d e v e l o p -
ing high t o r q u e ( o p e r a t i n g u n d e r 500
RPM).
5. BLOWER FAILURE LIGHT
T h i s light will come on when, for any
r e a s o n , a m o t o r b l o w e r c o n t a c t o r is
d e - e n e r g i z e d while i t s r e l a t e d d r i v e
m o t o r is u n d e r power, or if t h e b l o w e r
o v e r l o a d r e l a y trips due to f a i l u r e of
AC p o w e r .
6. SURGE LIGHT
A s u d d e n s u r g e of c u r r e n t r e s u l t i n g
from generator flashover or a
g r o u n d e d condition w i l l c a u s e a s u r g e
r e l a y to t r i p . Relay i s held t r i p p e d but
is r e l e a s e d when the SR RESET p u s h -
- 313
button is p r e s s e d ; h o w e v e r , to r e g a i n
p o w e r the a p p l i c a b l e p o w e r c o n t r o l
m u s t be r e t u r n e d to the O F F position
and then a d v a n c e d .
. SR RESET PUSHBUTTON
When a s u r g e r e l a y is a c t u a t e d b e c a u s e
of a high voltage ground or g e n e r a t o r
f l a s h o v e r , it is held in the t r i p p e d
position b y a m e c h a n i c a l latch. T o
r e l e a s e this l a t c h the SR RESET p u s h -
button is p r e s s e d t o e n e r g i z e an u n -
l o c k i n g solenoid and allow the s u r g e
r e l a y to d r o p out. : T h e g e n e r a t o r f i e l d
e x c i t a t i 0 n c i r c u i t s m a y t h e n be r e -
e s t a b l i s h e d if the Condition c a u s i n g t h e
c u r r e n t s u r g e has b e e n c o r r e c t e d .
. ENGINE S P E E D CAUTION P L A T E
Cautions a g a i n s t o p e r a t i n g the e n g i n e
at high s p e e d when c e m e n t i n g p u m p
m o t o r s a r e d e v e l o p i n g high t o r q u e .
. CEMENTING P U M P CONTROL
HA NDWHE E LS
T h e c e m e n t i n g pump c o n t r o l s a r e
p r o v i d e d with c i r c u l a r "valve t y p e "
h a n d w h e e l s f o r e a s e of m a n i p u l a t i o n .
P o w e r is t u r n e d on and i n c r e a s e d
by r o t a t i n g the c o n t r o l handwheel
counter-clockwise.
10. S E L E C T O R SWITCH
When the S E L E C T O R SWITCH on the
m a i n d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel is p r o p -
e r l y positioned to allow c e m e n t i n g
pump o p e r a t i o n ( s e e o p e r a t i o n s e -
quence c h a r t on the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l
cabinet), the c e m e n t i n g pump S E L E C -
TOR SWITCH w h e n ON will d i r e c t
c o n t r o l c u r r e n t to e n e r g i z e c e m e n t i n g
pump p o w e r c o n t a c t o r s . E l e c t r i c a l
i n t e r l o c k s of the c e m e n t i n g pump
p o w e r c o n t a c t o r s a r e a r r a n g e d to
p r e v e n t p a r a 11 e 1 i n g the c e m e n t i n g
p u m p m o t o r s with o t h e r m o t o r s t h a t
n o r m a l l y o p e r a t e when the d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l panel S E L E C T O R SWITCH is
p l a c e d in a p a r t i c u l a r position.
-
 SECTION 4

ELECTRICAL EgUIPMENT AND CIRCUITS

T h i s s e c t i o n is divided into two p a r t s . The LEGEND OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

f i r s t p a r t l i s t s and d e s c r i b e s m a j o r com-
ponents of the e l e c t r i c a l s y s t e m t h a t are
Electrical components bear names des-
a u t o m a t i c in o p e r a t i o n o r a r e o p e r a t e d
c r i p t i v e of t h e i r f u n c t i o n s o r r e l a t i o n s h i p
t h r o u g h a c t i o n of o t h e r c o m p o n e n t s . That
to o t h e r c o m p o n e n t s . I d e n t i f i c a t i o n l e t t e r s
p a r t of the e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t that is
f o r the c o m p o n e n t s a r e t a k e n f r o m the
a c t u a l l y m a n i p u l a t e d by the o p e r a t o r was
n a m e s and g e n e r a l l y a r e d i r e c t a b b r e v i a -
c o v e r e d in S e c t i o n 3 of this m a n u a l .
tions of the n a m e s . N u m b e r s which suffix
The s e c o n d p a r t of this s e c t i o n explains the l e t t e r d e s i g n a t i o n s as t h e y a p p e a r on
the v a r i o u s e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t s e m p l o y e d in w i r i n g d i a g r a m s g e n e r a l l y i n d i c a t e the
a p o w e r installation, but t h e a c t u a l cable p a r t i c u l a r application of the c o m p o n e n t .
c o n n e c t i o n s a r e c o v e r e d in S e c t i o n 5. A legend of e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t follows:

ABR A l a r m Bell R e l a y
ASR Alarm Silence Relay
BOL Blower M o t o r O v e r l o a d A l a r m R e l a y
CA Capacitor
CP Cementing Pump Contactor
C PSLR Cementing Pump Selector Locking Relay
CR Rectifier
CTD Contactor Delay Relay
D Draw W o r k s P o w e r C o n t a c t o r
DFO Draw W o r k s D i r e c t i o n a l C o n t a c t o r - F o r w a r d
DRE Draw W o r k s D i r e c t i o n a l C o n t a c t o r - R e v e r s e
ETS Engine T e m p e r a t u r e Switch
F Fuse
FOR Forward Relay
FM R e a c t o r (Magnetic A m p l i f i e r )
G Generator
GB Generator Blower Contactor
GBOL Generator Blower Overload Relay
GF Generator Field Contactor
GCT Generator Current Transductor
GVT G e n e r a t o r Voltage T r a n s d u c t o r
LOS Lube Oil Switch (Governor)
M Motor B l o w e r C o n t a e t o r
MP Mud P u m p C o n t a c t o r
MPT Mud p u m p T r a n s f e r Switch
MPTR Mud p u m p T r a n s f e r Switch L o c k i n g R e l a y
OL Motor B l o w e r O v e r l o a d R e l a y
OL Engine O v e r l o a d Switch ( G o v e r n o r )
PLS P o w e r L i m i t - Static
PR Cementing Pump Recalibrating Relay
RC Reealibrating Relay
RE Resistor

- 400 -
 E LECTRICAL EQUI PMENT

LEGEND OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)

REV R e v e r s e Relay
RH Rheostat
SED Super Excitation Contactor
SL Speed Limit Relay
SLR S e l e c t o r Switch Locking Relay
SPOR Spin Out Relay
SR Surge Relay
SRC Speed R e e a l i b r a t i n g Relay
SS Sprocket Slip Relay
T Table Power Contactor
T or TRF Transformer
TDC .... T i m e Delay Cemen tin g Pump R e l a y
TDD Time Delay Draw Works Relay
TDDA ,~, Time Delay Draw Works A u x i l i a r y Relay
TDM Time Delay Mud Pump Relay
TDS Time Delay (Generator) Shorting Relay
TDT Time Delay Table Relay
TDTA Time Delay Table Auxiliary Relay
TFO Table F o r w a r d Contactor
TL Table Torque Limit Relay
TRA Table Torque Limit Relay - Auxiliary
TRB Table Torque Limit Relay - Auxiliary
TRC Torque R e c a l i b r a t i n g Relay
TRE Table Directional Relay - R e v e r s e
TRF. or T Transformer '!
TSLR Tender S e l e c t o r Switch Locking R e l a y
VTR Voltage T r a n s f e P Relay
IA, IB, IC, ID, 2A, etc. Governor Solenoids •

PART I

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Each diesel engine d r i v e s two e l e c t r i c a l DC GENERATORS

g e n e r a t o r s , each of which then supplies
e l e c t r i c a l e n e r g y r e q u i r e d f or drilling
operations. The power cables from the
g e n e r a t o r s ar e connected to contactors in
the motor control cabinet. The s e contac-
tors, which a r e actuated by controls at the
d r i l l e r ' s control cabinet, d i r e c t power to
the r e q u i r e d drive m o t o r s .
The D79G g e n e r a t o r s , Fig. 4-1, are heavy-
duty, shunt-wound, s e p a r a t e l y excited m a -
chines. They are excited through static
components powered by 440 volts AC f r o m
a s e p a r a t e source, and are cooled by
b lo wers mounted on the g e n e r a t o r f r a m e .
The blower m o t o r s a r e powered by 220 or

- 401 -
 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
11433
F i g . 4-1 -- D79 G e n e r a t o r O r Motor
With B l o w e r Mounted
440 volts AC from an outside source.
Each generator is equipped with a 120 volts
AC, 500 watt heater to protect against
condensation during shutdown periods.
DRIVE MOTORS
The drive motors are e s s e n t i a l l y t h e s a m e
m a c h i n e s as the g e n e r a t o r s . The only
d i f f e r e n c e s b e i n g in the m o u n t i n g feet and
in t h e m a i n f i e l d windings of s e r i e s - w o u n d
m o t o r s . If shunt wound m o t o r s are e m -
ployed, only the m o u n t i n g f e e t d i f f e r .
T h e m o t o r s a r e r a t e d at 800 HP at approxi-
m a t e l y 1200 RPM. M a x i m u m rotating
s p e e d is 2350 RPM and c o n t i n u o u s c u r r e n t
r a t i n g is 750 a m p e r e s . C h a n g e s in d i r e c -
tion of r o t a t i o n a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d b y
c h a n g i n g the d i r e c t i o n of c u r r e n t flow
t h r o u g h the field windings, w h i l e c u r r e n t
flow t h r o u g h the a r m a t u r e r e m a i n s the
same.
Most of the motors used on a drilling
installation are the series-wound type,
- 402
however for c e r t a i n applications, sepa-
r a t e l y excited shunt-wound motors may
be u s e d . The c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of s e p a r a t e l y
excited shunt-wound m o t o r s used for some
a p p l i c a t i o n s lies in the b r a k i n g e f f e c t
p r o v i d e d b y the s e p a r a t e l y e x c i t e d field
a f t e r d r i v e power is cut off. T h i s e f f e c t is
d u p l i c a t e d in the s e r i e s - w o u n d m o t o r s by
s u p e r i m p o s i n g a s e p a r a t e s o u r c e of e x c i -
t a t i o n on the m o t o r f i e l d . T h e s y s t e m of
superimposed excitation, called super ex-
citation, is e x p l a i n e d in the s e c o n d p a r t of
this s e c t i o n . S u p e r e x c i t a t i o n is applied to
d r a w w o r k s m o t o r s and o c c a s i o n a l l y to
table motors.
GENERATOR CONTROL CABINET
Electrical switchgear and control compo-
nents related to excitation of the genera-
tors is located in the generator control
cabinet mounted near the generators. The
cabinet contains a connection for 440 volts
AC power from a separate source, and
connections for DC power and control
cables leadingto the motor control cabinet.
Fig. 4-2 shows the generator control
cabinet with doors open. Each major com-
ponent is identified by letters that are
abbreviations for the name of the compo-
nent. The paragraph describing a particu-
lar component is headed by the applicable
abbreviation.
RH - RHEOSTATS-EXCITATION
CIRCUIT CALIBRATION
These rheostats are identified by two
digits following the letters. The first
digit indicates the generator, number 1 or
2, to which the rheostat applies. The
second digit identifies the particular rheo-
stat. The wiring diagram for a particular
installation should be consulted to deter-
mine the function of the rheostats. In
general, the rheostats calibrate the exci-
tation circuits. An explanation of their
functions is provided in the articles on
excitation circuits.
-
 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

, i

Gen
'Re~

: 1

1449 3

I!
Fig. 4-2 -- G e n e r a t o r C o n t r o l Cabinet
i

RC - RECALIBRATION RELAY p i c k Up 'when a surge: of c u r r e n t , w h i c h

m e e t s inductive r e s i s t a n c e in the g e n e r a -
The recalibration relay is energized dur-
t o r winding, is s h u n t e d t h r o u g h the r e l a y
ing draw works operation. Its purpose is
c o i l . When the r e l a y picks u p i t b r e a k s t h e
to remove the generator voltage signal
c i r c u i t to the g e n e r a t o r f i e l d c o n t a c t o r coil
from the circuit to the power limit static -
and e n e r g i z e s a s u r g e light on the d r i l l e r ' s
PLS. When the recalibration relay is
c o n t r o l panel. A m e c h a n i c a l l a t c h holds the
picked up, the signal that PLS receives
r e l a y picked up until a r e m o t e r e s e t button
from the generator is in proportion only
is p r e s s e d , e n e r g i z i n g a r e s e t coil in the
to generator amperes. This permits oper-
relay.
ation at high horsepower. The overload is,
however, permissiblefor the short periods
TRA AND TRB - T A B L E TORQUE LIMIT
involved in draw works operation.
RELAY, AUXILIARY

SR - SURGE RELAY C o n t a c t s of this r e l a y Close to r e c a l i b r a t e

T h e f u n c t i o n of t h e surge r e l a y i s to d e t e c t
a high voltage ground or g e n e r a t o r f l a s h -
over, and p r o t e c t equipment when s u c h a
condition o c c u r s .
The r e l a y is connected a c r o s s the i n t e r '
pole winding of t h e g e n e r a t o r and is s e t to
p o w e r l i m i t c i r c u i t s . T h e r e l a y is e n e r -
g i z e d when the TORQUE LIMIT SWITCH
on the m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t {platform) is
p l a c e d in a t o r q u e l i m i t i n g position and a
S E L E C T O R s w i t c h is p o s i t i o n e d f o r o p e r a -
tion of the t a b l e . T h e t o r q u e l i m i t c i r c u i t
is optional a n d applied as a c u s t o m e r

: - 403 -
 E L E C T R I C A L EQUI PMENT
option. It is explained in the s e c o n d part
of this o p e r a t i n g m a n u a l s e c t i o n .
PLS - POWER LIMIT STATIC
T h i s s t a t i c d e v i c e f u n c t i o n s as a single
pole double t h r o w s w i t c h . It is placed in
the g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n c o n t r o l c i r c u i t to
c o m p a r e c a l i b r a t e d s i g n a l s , one f r o m the
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l and the o p p o s i n g signal
f r o m d e v i c e s that put out a s i g n a l propor-
t i o n a l to g e n e r a t o r volts and a m p e r e s .
S i n c e it is the signal f r o m the d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l that, t h r o u g h m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r s ,
c o n t r o l s g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n , it is nec-
e s s a r y to r e g u l a t e that signal t o prevent
o v e r l o a d : The Power l i m i t - s t a t i c effects
r e g u l a t i o n by t u r n i n g the d r i l l e r ' s control
s i g n a l on o r o f f to the m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r
c o n t r o l windings. It does this w h e n e v e r the
p o t e n t i a l of the signal f r o m the g e n e r a t o r s
e x c e e d s the signal f r o m the d r i l l e r ' s con-
t r o l , t h e r e b y r e d u c i n g c u r r e n t in the m a g -
n e t i c a m p l i f i e r c o n t r o l winding and gener-
ator excitation.
T - TRANSFORMERS
( T r a n s d u c t o r Circuits)
T h e s e t r a n s f o r m e r s a r e i d e n t i f i e d as T l l ,
T12, and T21, T22. The s e c o n d digit iden-
t i f i e s t h e g e n e r a t o r to which t h e t r a n s -
f o r m e r is r e l a t e d . The f i r s t d i g i t identi-
f i e s its function, n u m e r a l 1 r e l a t i n g it to
g e n e r a t o r volts and n u m e r a l 2 r e l a t i n g to
generator amperes.
T h e p r i m a r y windings of t h e s e t r a n s -
f o r m e r s a r e c o n n e c t e d in s e r i e s with
c u r r e n t o r voltage s e n s i n g t r a n s d u c t o r
r e a c t o r s and a 110 volts AC s o u r c e . The
i m p e d a n c e of the r e a c t o r s v a r i e s with
g e n e r a t o r volts or a m p e r e s , t h e r e f o r e ,
c u r r e n t flow t h r o u g h the t r a n s f o r m e r
v a r i e s in the s a m e m a n n e r .
T h e s e c o n d a r y winding p r o v i d e s a signal
of u s a b l e value to e x c i t a t i o n c o n t r o l c i r -
cuits.
- 404 -
GVT - GENERATOR VOLTAGE
TRANSDUCTOR
The generator voltage transductor con-
s i s t s of a g a p l e s s i r o n c o r e and two s e p a -
r a t e windings. One w i n d i n g is c o n n e c t e d
a c r o s s the output of a g e n e r a t o r . T h e
o t h e r winding is c o n n e c t e d to anAC s o u r c e
and in s e r i e s with a t r a n s f o r m e r . T h e
value of the g e n e r a t o r voltage signal d e -
t e r m i n e s the i m p e d a n c e of the AC coil,
consequently the f l o w of AC c u r r e n t
t h r o u g h the coil and t r a n s f o r m e r is p r o -
p o r t i o n a l to g e n e r a t o r v o l t a g e .
GCT - GENERATOR CURRENT
TRANSDUCTOR
The generator c u r r e n t transductor con-
s i s t s of a g a p l e s s i r o n c o r e and a winding
to which AC c u r r e n t is applied. P o w e r
c a b l e s f r o m the g e n e r a t o r a r e p a s s e d
t h r o u g h the i r o n c o r e . C u r r e n t flowing
t h r o u g h the c a b l e s v a r i e s the i m p e d a n c e
of the AC coil, c o n s e q u e n t l y the flow of
AC c u r r e n t t h r o u g h t h e coil and t h r o u g h
a t r a n s f o r m e r t h a t is c o n n e c t e d in s e r i e s
with it is p r o p o r t i o n a l to g e n e r a t o r c u r -
r e n t . T h i s s i g n a l is fed to PLS.
G F - GENERATOR F I E L D CONTACTOR
T h e m a i n c o n t a c t s of the g e n e r a t o r field
c o n t a c t o r c o n t r o l the c i r c u i t supplying
AC power to the m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r , and
so c o n t r o l p o w e r to the g e n e r a t o r field.
F o r an e x p l a n a t i o n of the m a g n e t i c a m p l i -
t i e r and e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t s , r e f e r to the
a r t i c l e s on g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n in the
s e c o n d p a r t of t h i s s e c t i o n of the m a n u a l .
E a c h GF c o n t a c t o r c o n s i s t s of a coil, a s e t
of m a i n c o n t a c t s , and s e v e r a l a u x i l i a r y
c o n t a c t s o r i n t e r l o c k s . One s e t of i n t e r -
l o c k s acts to hold in the GF coil a f t e r it
has b e e n i n i t i a l l y e n e r g i z e d t h r o u g h action
of a t i m e d e l a y r e l a y , a n o t h e r s e t c l o s e s
to c o m p l e t e a c i r c u i t c a r r y i n g a c o n t r o l
signal f r o m the p o w e r c o n t r o l at the
d r i l l e r ' s panel to the e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t s ,
 E L E C T R I C A L EQUI P M E N T
and a t h i r d s e t of c o n t a c t s e s t a b l i s h e s t h e
circuit a r r a n g e m e n t allowingdiesel engine
s p e e d c o n t r o l f r o m t h e s i n g l e ENGINE
S P E E D s w i t c h on the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l
panel.
T h e c o n t a c t s of various s a f e t y d e v i c e s a r e
p l a c e d in t h e c i r c u i t s u p p l y i n g c o n t r o l
c u r r e n t to t h e GF coil. A c t u a t i o n of any
of the s a f e t y d e v i c e s b r e a k s t h e c i r c u i t
and d r o p s out t h e GF c o n t a c t s . B e c a u s e
of the " h o l d in" a r r a n g e m e n t , t h e p o w e r
c o n t r o l m u s t be r e t u r n e d to its O F F p o s i -
tion b e f o r e t h e GF Coil can again be
energized. •
r s u p p l y i n g AC p o w e r ; to t h e g e n e r a t o r
F M - REACTORS
T h e r e a c t o r s p l u s the r e c t i f i e r s m a k e up
the m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r s . T h e r e a c t o r s
c o n t a i n s e v e r a l windings on a g a p l e s s i r o n
c o r e . AC c u r r e n t is a p p l i e d to t h e p o w e r
w i n d i n g s . D C c u r r e n t is a p p l i e d to c o n t r o l
w i n d i n g s . A s m a l l a m o u n t of DC c u r r e n t
c o n t r o l s a p r o p o r t i o n a l l y l a r g e a m o u n t of
AC c u r r e n t . T h e r e a c t o r s and m a g n e t i c
a m p l i f i e r s a r e f u r t h e r e x p l a i n e d in t h e
s e c o n d p a r t of t h i s s e c t i o n .
GB - G E N E R A T O R B L O W E R R E L A Y
The generator blower relays are energized
t h r o u g h n o r m a l l y c l o s e d c o n t a c t s of a
t h e r m a l o v e r l o a d r e l a y GBOL w h e n e v e r
c o n t r o l c u r r e n t is applied to a p o w e r unit
and the i s o l a t i o n s w i t c h on t h e e n g i n e
c o n t r o l p a n e l is placed in RUN p o s i t i o n .
C o n t a c t s of t h e relay p i c k up to c o m p l e t e
a c i r c u i t s u p p l y i n g a l t e r n a t i n g c u r r e n t to
the generator blowers.
In the e v e n t of b l o w e r o v e r l o a d , t h e t h e r m a l
o v e r l o a d r e l a y t r i p s to d e - e n e r g i z e t h e GB
r e l a y . C o n t a c t s of GB o p e n t h e AC c i r c u i t
to t h e b l o w e r m o t o r and open t h e c i r c u i t
to the a p p l i c a b l e g e n e r a t o r f i e l d GF r e l a y .
T h e t h e r m a l o v e r l o a d r e l a y a l s o lights t h e
B L O W E R FAILURE l i g h t on t h e d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l panel and sounds an a l a r m .
- 405
It is n e c e s s a r y to p r e s s t h e r e s e t b u t t o n
on t h e t h e r m a l o v e r l o a d r e l a y t o r e - e s t a b -
l i s h t h e g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r c i r c u i t s , and
t h e p o w e r c o n t r o l m u s t be r e t u r n e d to i t s
O F F p o s i t i o n to again e n e r g i z e t h e g e n e r -
ator field.
GBOL - GENERATOR BLOWER
OVERLOAD RELAY
This relay contains heater coils which
a c t to t r i p t h e r e l a y w h e n t h e load on t h e
g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r is e x c e s s i y e . W h e n
tripped, the relay de-energizes the gener-
a t o r b l o w e r c o n t a c t o r, b r e a k i n g t h e c i r c u i t
b l o w e r , and d r o p s out GF to d e - e n e r g i z e
the generator field.
T h e GBOL r e l a y is e q u i p p e d with a r e s e t
b u t t o n t h a t pops out s l i g h t l y w h e n t h e r e l a y
is t r i p p e d . T h i s b u t t o n m u s t be p r e s s e d in
to r e s e t a t r i p p e d r e l a y .
TRF - POWER TRANSFORMERS
T h e s e t r a n s f o r m e r s a r e s u p p l i e d w i t h 440
v o l t s A C f r o m an o u t s i d e s o u r c e . T h e i r
f u n c t i o n is to p r o v i d e c u r r e n t of t h e p r o p e r
v a l u e to t h e p o w e r w i n d i n g s of t h e m a g n e t i c
a m p l i f i e r s and to the AC c o i l s of t h e t r a n s -
ductor reactors.
MOTOR CONTROL CABINET, Fig. 4-3
The motor control cabinet is the junction
and s w i t c h i n g point f o r all c o n t r o l and
p o w e r c a b l e s in a d r i l l i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n .
Each cabinet contains a connection for
440 volts AC f r o m an o u t s i d e s o u r c e , 120
v o l t s AC f r o m an o u t s i d e s o u r c e , and c o n -
n e c t i o n s f o r DC p o w e r and c o n t r o l c a b l e s .
T h e c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e d e s c r i b e d in
S e c t i o n 5 of t h i s m a n u a l .
E a c h m a j o r c o m p o n e n t is i d e n t i f i e d by
symbols that are abbreviations for the
n a m e of t h e c o m p o n e n t s . T h e p a r a g r a p h
d e s c r i b i n g a p a r t i c u 1 a r c o m p o n e n t is
h e a d e d by t h e a p p l i c a b l e s y m b o l .
-
 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

14496 14497

F i g . 4 - 3 -- M o t o r C o n t r o l C a b i n e t

TRF - TRANSFORMERS, voltage contacts that e i t h e r open or close

CONTROL CURRENT w h e n t h e m a i n c o n t a c t o r is e n e r g i z e d .
These auxiliary contacts, called inter-
These transformers are supplied with 120
locks, are used to e n s u r e p r o p e r c i r c u i t
volts AC current from a source at the
a l i g n m e n t and s e q u e n c e of o p e r a t i o n . F o r
drilling installation. They transform this
e x a m p l e , w h e n p o w e r c o n t a c t o r D1 is
power to 74 volts, which is the operating
energized, its i n t e r l o c k s prevent a c c i -
voltage of electromagnetic switchgear.
d e n t a l p i c k u p of o t h e r D c o n t a c t o r s . T h e
The AC power is rectified before being
i n t e r l o c k s a l s o a l l o w e x c i t a t i o n of t h e
used for control purposes.
proper generator fields.
D - DRAW WORKS POWER
CONTACTORS M P - MUD P U M P P O W E R C O N T A C T O R S

These contactors complete power circuits These contactors complete power circuits
between generators and draw work motors. between generators and mud pump motors.
For an explanation of the number designa-
A number designation follows the contactor
tion following the letter symbol and an
letter symbol. The significance of the
explanation of interlock operation, refer
number, that is, the power combination set
to the article on draw works power con-
up by the contactor, can be determined by
tactors.
reference to the wiring diagram for a
particular installation. T - TABLE POWER CONTACTORS

In a d d i t i o n to t h e m a i n c o n t a c t , e a c h power These contactors complete power circuits

c o n t a c t o r h a s s e v e r a l s e t s of a u x i l i a r y low between generators and table motors. For

- 406 -
 E LECTRICA L EQUI PMENT
an e x p l a n a t i o n of the n u m b e r d e s i g n a t i o n
following the T and an e x p l a n a t i o n of
i n t e r l o c k operation, r e f e r to the a r t i c l e
on d r a w w o r k s power c o n t a c t o r s .
DFO AND DRE - DRAW WORKS
FORWARD AND REVERSE CONTACTORS
T h e s e c o n t a c t o r s are u s e d to e s t a b l i s h
d i r e c t i o n of t r a v e l f o r the d r a w w o r k s
m o t o r s . When the power c o n t r o l is p o s i -
tioned f o r e i t h e r f o r w a r d o r r e v e r s e
o p e r a t i o n , the p r o p e r c o n t a c t o r s will pick
up and c u r r e n t will flow in t h e d e s i r e d
d i r e c t i o n t h r o u g h the m o t o r f i e l d .
T F O AND TRE - TABLE FORWARD
AND REVERSE CONTACTORS
T h e s e c o n t a c t o r s are u s e d to e s t a b l i s h the
d i r e c t i o n of t r a v e l for t h e d r i l l e r ' s table.
When the d r i l l e r ' s t a b l e c o n t r o l l e r is
positioned f o r e i t h e r f o r w a r d o r r e v e r s e
operation, the p r o p e r c o n t a c t o r s will pick
up and c u r r e n t will flow in t h e d e s i r e d
d i r e c t i o n t h r o u g h the motOr field.
SL - SPEED,LIMIT RELAYS
The speed limit relay is a through-cable
type r e l a y with an " E " s h a p e d f r a m e
t h r o u g h w h i c h power c a b l e s p a s s . A coil,
which p r o v i d e s the a c t u a t i n g f o r c e is
wound on one leg of t h e r e l a y f r a m e ,
while the t h r o u g h cable o p p o s e s r e l a y pick
up. Thus, when heavy c u r r e n t flows i n t h e
power cable, a high voltage is r e q u i r e d to
a c t u a t e the r e l a y ; at l e s s e r c u r r e n t , a
l o w e r v o l t a g e is needed. T h i s gives the
r e l a y the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of p r o v i d i n g a
definite s p e e d limit, r e g a r d l e s s of the load
on the m o t o r .
When the r e l a y is actuated it i n t e r r u p t s
the c i r c u i t to the g e n e r a t o r field c o n t a c t o r
coil and b r e a k s a g e n e r a t o r f i e l d holding
c i r c u i t . To r e g a i n g e n e r a t o r f i e l d e x c i t a -
tion a f t e r a s p e e d limit r e l a y has tripped,
- 407 -
the o p e r a t o r m u s t r e t u r n t h e power c o n t r o l
to the OFF position and t h e n advance the
c o n t r o l to r e - e s t a b l i s h the c i r c u i t .
M - MOTOR BLOWER CONTACTORS
T h e m o t o r b l o w e r c o n t a c t o r s when e n e r -
gized c o m p l e t e a c i r c u i t supply AC p o w e r
to the m o t o r b l o w e r s . Individual c o n t a c -
t o r s a r e e n e r g i z e d by c o n t r o l c u r r e n t
t h r o u g h a s e t of i m m e d i a t e r e s p o n s e c o n -
t a c t s of a t i m e d e l a y r e l a y (TDT, f o r e x -
ample} u s e d to s e t u p the c i r c u i t s f o r a
p a r t i c u l a r application. T h a t is, when a
p o w e r c o n t r o l is advanced, the a p p r o p r i a t e
m o t o r b l o w e r s b e g i n to o p e r a t e : T h e
m o t o r b l o w e r c o n t a c t o r s m a y a l s o be
e n e r g i z e d i n d e p e n d e n t l y b y pushbuttons
l o c a t e d on the end d o o r of the m o t o r
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t . When the c o n t a c t o r s have
picked up, b l o w e r o p e r a t i o n will c o n t i n u e
as long as AC p o w e r and DC c o n t r o l
c u r r e n t are provided.
In o r d e r to stop the b l o w e r s , it is n e c e s -
s a r y to p r e s s t h e B L O W E R MOTOR S T O P
p u s h b u t t o n to stop all b l o w e r s , o r i n d i -
vidual S T O P B L O W E R S pushbuttons to stop
s p e c i f i c b l o w e r s . T h e s e individual p u s h -
b u t t o n s a r e l o c a t e d on the d o o r of the
motor control cabinet. The general
B L O W E R MOTOR S T O P pushbutton is
l o c a t e d on the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel.
I n t e r l o c k s of the m o t o r b l o w e r c o n t a c t o r s
p e r f o r m the f u n c t i o n of holding in the
c o n t a c t o r s once t h e y a r e e n e r g i z e d . T h e y
a l s o s e t up a b l o w e r a l a r m c i r c u i t should
t h e b l o w e r m o t o r ~contaetor fail to pick up
w h e n t h e d r i v e m o t o r s a r e u n d e r power, o r
should a b l o w e r o v e r l o a d c a u s e the c o n -
t a c t o r to d r o p out.
OL - MOTOR BLOWER
OVERLOAD R E L A Y
T h i s r e l a y contains h e a t e r coils w h i c h act
to t r i p the r e l a y when the load on the m o t o r
 E LE CTRICA L EQUI PMENT
b l o w e r is e x c e s s i v e . When tripped, the
r e l a y d e - e n e r g i z e s the m o t o r b l o w e r con-
t a c t o r , b r e a k i n g the c i r c u i t supplying AC
p o w e r to the b l o w e r m o t o r , and setting up
the b l o w e r a l a r m c i r c u i t .
The OL r e l a y is equipped with a r e s e t
button that pops out s l i g h t l y w h e n t h e r e l a y
is t r i p p e d . T h i s button m u s t be p r e s s e d in
to r e s e t a t r i p p e d r e l a y .
SS - S P R O C K E T S L I P RELAYS
S p r o c k e t s l i p r e l a y s a r e u s e d w h e r e two
m o t o r s d r i v e a single p i e c e of d r i l l i n g r i g
a p p a r a t u s . In this a r r a n g e m e n t t h e motors
a r e u s u a l l y c o n n e c t e d to a c o m m o n shaft by
individual chain d r i v e s . Should a s p r o c k e t
slip o r a c h a i n b r e a k , one m o t o r w o u l d r u n
f r e e and would be d a m a g e d by high rotating
s p e e d . T h e s p e e d l i m i t r e l a y S L in the
p a r t i c u l a r c i r c u i t is not c a l i b r a t e d to
d e t e c t high s p e e d in one of two s e r i e s
c o n n e c t m o t o r s so an addition sprocket
slip r e l a y is provided.
The s p r o c k e t slip r e l a y c o n s i s t s of an
o p e r a t i n g coil c o n n e c t e d in a b r i d g e circuit
b e t w e e n two m o t o r s . If one m o t o r loses
load, an u n b a l a n c e d condition will exist in
the e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t and c u r r e n t willflow
t h r o u g h the o p e r a t i n g coil. C o n t a c t s of the
SS coil t h e n pick up to b r e a k the circuit to
the g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n f i e l d in the s a m e
m a n n e r as the s p e e d l i m i t r e l a y contacts.
If s p r o c k e t slip r e l a y a c t i o n i s encoun-
t e r e d , a t h o r o u g h i n s p e c t i o n of t h e involved
c h a i n s and s p r o c k e t s is r e c o m m e n d e d .
SPOR - SPIN OUT RELAY
T h e spin out r e l a y is e n e r g i z e d when the
d r i l l e r ' s SPIN OUT pushbutton i s pressed,
but only if the table c o n t r o l is s e t IN f o r
FORWARD (clockwise} r o t a t i o n . The
SPOR r e l a y d i s c o n n e c t s the t r a n s f o r m e r
of the t a b l e c o n t r o l that is u s e d to supply
v a r i a b l e s i g n a l s to the g e n e r a t o r excitation
- 408 -
c i r c u i t s and s u b s t i t u t e s , t h r o u g h a r e s i s -
t o r , a fixed signal to the e x c i t a t i o n c i r -
c u i t s . T h i s r e s i s t o r is a d j u s t a b l e to give
the d e s i r e d s p i n - o u t s p e e d . In addition,
S POR c o n t a c t s s e t up c i r c u i t s n e c e s s a r y
to c l o s e and hold in p r o p e r g e n e r a t o r field
contactors.
When the spin out r e l a y is d e - e n e r g i z e d b y
r e l e a s e of the SPIN OUT pushbutton, all
c i r c u i t s r e t u r n to t h e i r p r e v i o u s condition.
T L - TABLE TORQUE LIMIT RELAY
T h e table t o r q u e l i m i t r e l a y e s t a b l i s h e s
a c i r c u i t b e t w e e n t h e TORQUE LIMIT
SWITCH and the t a b l e t o r q u e l i m i t aux-
i l i a r y r e l a y TRA or T R B . W h e n a S E L E C -
TOR s w i t c h is p o s i t i o n e d f o r o p e r a t i o n of
the t a b l e the T L r e l a y is e n e r g i z e d . T h i s
allows the TORQUE L I M I T SWITCH to
establish power limiting circuits through
action of a u x i l i a r y r e l a y TRA or a u x i l i a r y
r e l a y TRB. If a S E L E C T O R switch is not
p o s i t i o n e d for table o p e r a t i o n , T L is d e -
e n e r g i z e d and the t o r q u e l i m i t i n g c i r c u i t s
a r e not in e f f e c t .
SLR - SELECTOR LOCKING RELAY
T h e s e l e c t o r l o c k i n g r e l a y is e n e r g i z e d
w h e n e v e r any power c o n t r o l is advanced
and the r e l a t e d p o w e r c o n t a c t o r s c l o s e .
When the r e l a y is e n e r g i z e d , its n o r m a l l y
c l o s e d c o n t a c t s pick up to d e - e n e r g i z e a
locking solenoid at the S E L E C T O R switch,
and a r e t u r n s p r i n g f o r c e s a locking pin
into the S E L E C T O R l o c k i n g plate. This
locking a r r a n g e m e n t prevents movement
of the S E L E C T O R s w i t c h while the p o w e r
c o n t a c t o r s a r e c l o s e d , and t h e r e b y p r e -
v e n t s t h e i r opening u n d e r load.
T h e dropout of SLR c o n t a c t s is d e l a y e d
( n o m i n a l l y 5 seconds) by an air dashpot.
T h i s d e l a y a f t e r SLR is d e - e n e r g i z e d
allows c u r r e n t t h r o u g h the p o w e r c o n t a c -
t o r s to fall to a s a f e l e v e l b e f o r e the
 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

S E L E C T O R switch m a y be t u r n e d . A light p r e v e n t b l o w e r f a i l u r e a l a r m when the

on the d r i l l e r ' s control c a b i n e t i n d i c a t e s blowers are normally stopped.
when the SE LECTOR is u n l o c k e d .
TDD - TIME DELAY DRAW WORKS
BOL - BLOWER OVERLOAD R E L A Y RELAY

T h e f u n c t i o n of this r e l a y is to e n e r g i z e T h e f u n c t i o n s of the TDD r e l a y d e p e n d

the BLOWER FAILURE light and a l a r m s upon w h e t h e r the d r a w w o r k s is equipped
when c u r r e n t to the b l o w e r s f a i l . It does with s h u n t - w o u n d o r s e r i e s - w o t m d m o t o r s .
not s e n s e overload, but r e s p o n d s when a One f u n c t i o n is, h o w e v e r , the s a m e with
c i r c u i t b r e a k e r or f u s e at t h e e x t e r n a l e i t h e r t y p e m o t o r . T h a t is, it s e t s up t h e
s o u r c e of AC power i n t e r r u p t s the c i r c u i t c i r c u i t s to e n e r g i z e the g e n e r a t o r f i e l d
to the m o t o r o r g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r s . c o n t a c t o r GF when the p o w e r c o n t r o l is
a d v a n c e d . T h i s is done in the s a m e m a n -
VTR - VOLTAGE TRANSFER RELAY n e r as with the TDM r e l a y m e n t i o n e d
• i
above.
T h i s r e l a y is provided when a d r i l l i n g
i n s t a l l a t i o n s u c h as one u t i l i z i n g both a Two s e t s of TDD c o n t a c t s , one with d e -
p l a t f o r m and t e n d e r is equipped with two l a y e d drop, one with i m m e d i a t e r e s p o n s e ,
s e p a r a t e s o u r c e s of AC c u r r e n t . W h e n t h e a r e u s e d to c o n t r o l the s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n
s o u r c e l o c a t e d on the p l a t f o r m is d e l i v e r - c i r c u i t e m p l o y e d with s e r i e s - w o u n d
ing power, VTR is e n e r g i z e d and its c o n - motors.
t a c t s open to prevent the power s o u r c e on
A n o t h e r function of TDD c o n t a c t s is to
the t e n d e r f r o m supplying c o n t r o l power in
m a k e and b r e a k a c i r c u i t to the TDDA
p a r a l l e l with t h e source on the t e n d e r .
r e l a y . T h e f u n c t i o n of TDDA is e x p l a i n e d
in the a r t i c l e b e a r i n g t h a t h e a d i n g .
TDM - TIME DE LAYMUD PUM P RELAYS
A s e t of i m m e d i a t e r e s p o n s e TDD c o n t a c t s
The p r i m a r y purpose of the TDM r e l a y is
is u s e d to initiate m o t o r b l o w e r o p e r a t i o n .
to e n e r g i z e the g e n e r a t o r field c o n t a c t o r
GF when the d r i l l e r ' s p o w e r c o n t r o l is
TDT - TIME DELAY T A B L E R E L A Y
t u r n e d on. A r u n s w i t c h at the p o w e r
c o n t r o l e n e r g i z e s the TDM coil when the
As with TDM and TDD, the p r i m a r y f u n c -
c o n t r o l is in the OFF position, T h e switch
tion of TDT is to pick up the g e n e r a t o r
opens when the power c o n t r o l is advanced,
f i e l d c o n t a c t o r GF when the p o w e r c o n t r o l
and a s e t of n o r m a l l y c l o s e d TDM c o n t a c t s
is a d v a n c e d . T h e s e c o n d a r y f u n c t i o n s of
d r o p to e n e r g i z e the GF coil. A f t e r a t i m e
TDT a r e c o m p a r a b l e to t h o s e of TDD, but
delay, a s e c o n d s e t of TDM c o n t a c t s opens
s i n c e s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n is not r e q u i r e d f o r
to i n t e r r u p t the circuit t o the GF coil, but
t a b l e m o t o r s , s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n is not
the coil is held e n e r g i z e d b y G F i n t e r l o c k s
a p p l i c a b l e to T D T .
that have e s t a b l i s h e d a holding c i r c u i t .
The p u r p o s e of the d e l a y e d d r o p o u t and
TSLR - TENDER SELECTOR
holding a r r a n g e m e n t is t o e n s u r e that the
LOCKING R E L A Y
p o w e r c o n t r o l is in t h e O F F position
b e f o r e the GF coil can be r e - e n e r g i z e d
On o f f s h o r e i n s t a l l a t i o n s , w h e r e a t e n d e r is
a f t e r a s a f e t y device has o p e r a t e d to d r o p
an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the d r i l l i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n ,
g e n e r a t o r excitation.
a supplementary driller's control located
O t h e r f u n c t i o n s of TDM c o n t a c t s a r e to on t h e t e n d e r m a y be r e q u i r e d . On s u c h
i n i t i a t e m o t o r blower o p e r a t i o n and to i n s t a l l a t i o n s , the TSLR p e r f o r m s the s a m e

- 409 -
 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

SE L E C T O R s w i t c h l o c k i n g f u n c t i o n as S LR MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL
previously described. EgUIPMENT

The following e l e c t r i c a l c o m p o n e n t s a r e
TDDA TIME D E L A Y DRAW WORKS
-

l o c a t e d at v a r i o u s p l a c e s on the d r i l l i n g
AUXILIARY RELAY
i n s t a l l a t i o n . T h e y a r e g r o u p e d h e r e under
the m i s c e l l a n e o u s h e a d i n g only b e c a u s e
T h i s r e l a y is e m p l o y e d in the c o n t r o l c i r -
t h e i r l o c a t i o n is not a p p a r e n t on the i l l u s -
c u i t s f o r the d r a w w o r k s m o t o r s . It is
t r a t i o n s in this s e c t i o n of the m a n u a l . The
e n e r g i z e d t h r o u g h c o n t a c t s of TDD when
l o c a t i o n of t h e s e c o m p o n e n t s and t h e i r
the d r a w w o r k s p o w e r c o n t r o l is advanced
f u n c t i o n s a r e e x p l a i n e d in the f o l l o w i n g
out of the O F F p o s i t i o n .
articles.

T h e m a i n f u n c t i o n of the TDDA r e l a y is to
LOS - LOW OIL SWITCH
e n e r g i z e the s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n and "D"
e o n t a c t o r s . When TDDA is d e - e n e r g i z e d
A m e c h a n i s m to d e t e c t low engine l u b r i c a -
it h a s about a 5 s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y to keep
ting oil p r e s s u r e or high s u c t i o n is built
the s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n c o n t a c t o r s e n e r g i z e d .
into the g o v e r n o r . When the m e c h a n i s m
When TDDA d r o p s out it will d e - e n e r g i z e
is a c t u a t e d it t r i p s a s w i t c h that c o m p l e t e s
the s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n and the "D" c o n t a c t o r
a c i r c u i t to an a l a r m b e l l and to a LOW
coils.
OIL light on the engine c o n t r o l panel of the
a f f e c t e d unit and to the L U B E OIL light on
A n o t h e r f u n c t i o n of TDDA is p e r f o r m e d b y
the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel. S u p p l e m e n t a r y
a s e t of c o n t a c t s having i m m e d i a t e r e -
a l a r m h o r n s and b e l l s as p r o v i d e d on the
s p o n s e . T h e s e c o n t a c t s c l o s e to e n e r g i z e
p a r t i c u l a r d r i l l i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n will a l s o b e
a b l o w e r a l a r m if the AC b l o w e r m o t o r f o r
a c t u a t e d b y the low oil s w i t c h .
d r a w m o t o r c o o l i n g is not s e t to o p e r a t e .

ETS - ENGINE T E M P E R A T U R E SWITCH

TDTA -TIME D E L A Y T A B L E
A U X I L I A R Y RE LAY
A t h e r m a l e l e m e n t l o c a t e d in the engine
w a t e r d i s c h a r g e piping is c o n n e c t e d t o t h e
T h i s r e l a y is e m p l o y e d in the c o n t r o l c i r -
s w i t c h b y m e a n s of a f l e x i b l e t u b e . T h e
c u i t s f o r the t a b l e m o t o r s . It is e n e r g i z e d
s w i t c h c o n t a c t s c l o s e when w a t e r t e m p e r a -
t h r o u g h c o n t a c t s of TDT when the t ~ l e
t u r e r e a c h e s a v a l u e s e t b y the s w i t c h
p o w e r c o n t r o l is a d v a n c e d out of the OFF
r a n g e a d j u s t m e n t . On S R - 1 2 units the
position.
s w i t c h is s e t to c l o s e at 195 ° F. On SR-11
units the s w i t c h c l o s e s at 208 ° F. T h e
T h e m a i n function of the TDTA r e l a y is t o
s w i t c h opens again at 185 ° F. on S R - 1 2
e n e r g i z e the " T " c o n t a e t o r s . A set of
units and at 195 ° F. on S R - 1 1 units. When
c o n t a c t s with t i m e d e l a y d r o p o u t (nominal
the s w i t c h c o n t a c t s c l o s e , the hot engine
5 s e c o n d s } to an open p o s i t i o n d e - e n e r g i z e s
light on the engine c o n t r o l panel o f t h e u n i t
the " T " e o n t a c t o r s thus o p e n i n g t h e circuit
a f f e c t e d c o m e s on and the a l a r m b e l l and
to the t a b l e m o t o r field to p r e v e n t m o t o r
h o r n sound.
creep.
On the SR-12 unit the engine t e m p e r a t u r e
A n o t h e r s e t of c o n t a c t s having i m m e d i a t e s w i t c h is l o c a t e d at the engine c o n t r o l
r e s p o n s e c l o s e to e n e r g i z e a b l o w e r a l a r m c a b i n e t . On the S R - 1 1 unit the s w i t c h is
c i r c u i t if the AC b l o w e r m o t o r f o r table l o c a t e d on the a c c e s s o r y r a c k at the f r o n t
d r i v e m o t o r c o o l i n g is not s e t t o o p e r a t e . of the engine.

- 410 -
 E LECTRICA
ABR - ALARM BELL RELAY
On s o m e installations, an a l a r m bell r e l a y
m a y be p r o v i d e d . The r e l a y , when e n e r -
gized, picks up to c l o s e a c i r c u i t to an
a l a r m bell. T h e relay c a n be c o n n e c t e d to
o p e r a t e when a hot engine o r low oil signal
is r e c e i v e d , and when a t h e r m a l r e l a y
t r i p s b e c a u s e of g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r o v e r -
load.
The a l a r m b e l l r e l a y is l o c a t e d in the
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l cabinet c o n t r o l panel.
ASR - ALARM SILENCE R E L A y
SR-12 p o w e r units a r e equipped with a
button to s i l e n c e an a l a r m c a u s e d b y m a l -
function of t h e p a r t i c u l a r unit. P r e s s u r e
on the ALARM OFF button c o m p l e t e s a
c i r c u i t to the a l a r m s i l e n c e r e l a y . T h e
r e l a y c o n t a c t s pick up t o b r e a k the c i r c u i t
to the a l a r m b e l l r e l a y and h o r n m a g n e t
valve. Holding i n t e r l o c k s k e e p the r e l a y
e n e r g i z e d until the c a u s e f o r the a l a r m is
corrected.
The a l a r m s i l e n c e r e l a y is l o c a t e d in the
engine c o n t r o l cabinet.
- -
L EQUI PMENT
T R F - TRANSFORMER,
SU PER EXCITATION
T h i s t r a n s f o r m e r , l o c a t e d in the m o t o r
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t is supplied with 220 volts
o r 440 volts AC f r o m an outside s o u r c e .
Its function is to supply low voltage c u r r e n t
to the s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t s . T h e s u p e r
e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t is e x p l a i n e d in the
s e c o n d p a r t of this m a n u a l s e c t i o n .
HORN MAGNET VALVE(S)
This valve is supplied separate from the
power units or control cabinets. Its loca-
tion on the drilling installation is deter-
mined by the installer of the equipment.
A receptacle (H) on the motor control
cabinet is provided for connection of a
cable between the cabinet and magnet
valve.
T h e h o r n m a g n e t valve is a c t u a t e d b y a
s o l e n o i d that is e n e r g i z e d in the e v e n t of
t r o u b l e s u c h as a hot engine o r l o w oil
p r e s s u r e . The a l a r m m a y b e s i l e n c e d b y
c o r r e c t i o n of o p e r a t i n g difficulties, o r if
S R - 1 2 units a r e involved, by p r e s s i n g the
ALARM OFF button.
411 -
 PART 2

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

ENGINE SPEED CIRCUIT, Fig. 4-4 When all g o v e r n o r s o l e n o i d s a r e d e -

To i n c r e a s e p o w e r available f r o m the
d i e s e l engine, engine s p e e d is i n c r e a s e d .
T h i s is a c c o m p l i s h e d by e n e r g i z i n g one
o r a c o m b i n a t i o n of g o v e r n o r s p e e d setting
s o l e n o i d s t h r o u g h the S E L E C T O R switch
and ENGINE S P E E D switch.
Engine
S p e e d Switch
Position
e n e r g i z e d , the e n g i n e will r u n at idle
s p e e d . Idle s p e e d on SR-11E units and
SR-12E units is 315 RPM. When the D
s o l e n o i d is i n d e p e n d e n t l y e n e r g i z e d the
engine will stop. H o w e v e r , the d e c r e a s e
in RPM of D s o l e n o i d a c t i o n d o e s not by
i t s e l f c a u s e the engine to shut down. T h e
Governor Solenoids Energized
When
Selector Switch Advanced

LOW C C
4'75 R P M 4'75 R P M
ABCD None
MEDIUM
730 R P M 315 R P M
ABC C
HIGH
900 RPM 475 R P M
When GF When GF
Contactor(s) Contactor(s)
120VoltAC Energized Not E n e r g i z e d

WA When SELECTOR switch is not advanced, no

governor solenoids are energized regardless
of Engine Speed Switch Position.

74VoltDC
~"~Switch
Selector
A Engine Speed Switch

Low i " h

L _~F_ _ 4 _ _ _ i
A
>>

c
-IS
>>-- >>
-~ClosedInRun

D ~Closed InStop
I I 528A

Fig. 4-4 -- Engine Speed Circuit

- 412 -
 E LE CTRICA L CIRCUITS
g o v e r n o r m e c h a n i s m i s so c o n s t r u c t e d
t h a t i n d e p e n d e n t action of t h e D s o l e n o i d
will c a u s e t h e engine i n j e c t o r r a c k s to
withdraw.
F r o m t h e c i r c u i t shown in F i g . 4-4, it c a n
be s e e n t h a t t h e C s o l e n o i d is e n e r g i z e d
w h e n t h e S E L E C T O R s w i t c h is a d v a n c e d
out of the O F F position and t h e ISOLATION
SWITCH is in RUN p o s i t i o n . When it is
a d v a n c e d to MEDIUM p o s i t i o n all g o v e r n o r
s o l e n o i d s a r e e n e r g i z e d . W h e n it is f u r -
t h e r a d v a n c e d to the HIGH p o s i t i o n t h e D
s o l e n o i d is d e - e n e r ~ z e d , r e m o v i n g its
e n g i n e s p e e d d e c r e a s i n g e f f e c t and c a u s i n g
an i n c r e a s e in engine s p e e d .
It c a n be noted that g e n e r a t o r f i e l d c o n t a c -
t o r GF1 o r GF2 m u s t b e p i c k e d u p t o c o m -
plete t h e c i r c u i t to the A and B s o l e n o i d s .
S i n c e t h e GF c o n t a c t o r p i c k s up o n l y w h e n
a p o w e r c o n t r o l is a d v a n c e d , t h e A and B
s o l e n o i d s will n o t b e e n e r g i z e d until p o w e r
is n e e d e d .
In t h e a b s e n c e of a p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t , and
with t h e S E L E C T O R s w i t c h a d v a n c e d , t h e
d i e s e l e n g i n e s will run at idle s p e e d if t h e
ENGINE S P E E D switch is p l a c e d i n M E -
DiUM s p e e d position. T h i s o c c u r s b e c a u s e
both s o l e n o i d s C and D a r e e n e r g i z e d and
t h e i r s p e e d s e t t i n g e f f e c t is n u l l i f i e d . With
the s w i t c h in LOW o r HIGH p o s i t i o n , t h e
e n g i n e s will r u n at low s p e e d .
GENERATOR EXCITATION SYSTEM
T h e S R - 1 1 E and SR-12E p o w e r units r e -
q u i r e an o u t s i d e s o u r c e of 220 volts o r
440 v o l t s 3 - p h a s e AC p o w e r f o r o p e r a t i o n
of g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r s . P o w e r f r o m t h i s
s a m e s o u r c e is t r a n s f o r m e d to 110 volts
and d e l i v e r e d to load w i n d i n g s of r e a c t o r s
in t h e g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n s y s t e m . T h e
r e a c t o r s a r e p a r t of m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r s
t h a t c o n t r o l and r e c t i f y t h e g e n e r a t o r
excitation current.
T h e b l o c k d i a g r a m , F i g . 4-5, i l l u s t r a t e s
the excitation system. A variable signal
- 413
f r o m t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l is d i r e c t e d to
t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r . T h e s t r e n g t h of
t h i s s i g n a l c o n t r o l s t h e output to t h e
g e n e r a t o r f i e l d . T h e 74 v o l t s DC s i g n a l
d i r e c t e d to t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r p r o -
v i d e s a b i a s to shift t h e output to a b e t t e r
c o n t r o l point. GCT s e n s e s g e n e r a t o r c u r -
r e n t and GVT s e n s e s g e n e r a t o r v o l t a g e .
T h e s e d e v i c e s put out a s i g n a l p r o p o r t i o n a l
to t h e a m p e r a g e and v o l t a g e t h e y s e n s e .
T h i s s i g n a l is m a t c h e d a g a i n s t t h e s i g n a l
f r o m t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l by a s t a t i c d e -
v i c e PUS. When t h e s i g n a l f r o m GCT and
GVT is g r e a t e r t h a n t h e s i g n a l f r o m t h e
driller's control, PLS reduces generator
field excitation, thus preventing overload.
An u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r
is n e c e s s a r y to u n d e r s t a n d t h e e x c i t a t i o n
system. The magnetic amplifier consists
of t h r e e i d e n t i c a l r e a c t o r s , F i g . 4 - 6 ,
t o g e t h e r with a t h r e e p h a s e s i l i c o n r e c t i -
f i e r . A r e a c t o r is s i m p l y a coil c o n n e c t e d
in an a l t e r n a t i n g c u r r e n t c i r c u i t . W h e n
t h e coil is wound on an i r o n c o r e , t h e
m a g n e t i c l i n e s of flux o p p o s e c h a n g e s in
polarity. Therefore, the current flowing
i n an i r o n c o r e coil will i n c r e a s e s l o w l y
w i t h an i n c r e a s e in a p p l i e d v o l t a g e until
t h e m a g n e t i c flux s a t u r a t e s t h e c o r e .
T h e r e a f t e r , t h e l i n e s of m a g n e t i c flux
w i l l " s p i l l out" of t h e i r o n c o r e , c h a n g e s
in p o l a r i t y m e e t l e s s o p p o s i t i o n , and
c u r r e n t flow i n c r e a s e s r a p i d l y as v o l t a g e
is i n c r e a s e d .
T h e d e g r e e of s a t u r a t i o n m a y b e c o n t r o l l e d
i n d e p e n d e n t l y b y p l a c i n g a DC c o n t r o l
w i n d i n g on the c o r e ( s i g n a I f r o m d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l ) . If t h i s w i n d i n g c o n t a i n s m o r e
t u r n s t h a n t h e o u t p u t winding, a s m a l l
a m o u n t of DC c u r r e n t c a n be m a d e to
c o n t r o l a l a r g e a m o u n t of output c u r r e n t .
This gain can be further increased by
p l a c i n g a r e c t i f i e r in t h e output c i r c u i t .
T h e r e c t i f i e r e f f e c t s a p u l s a t i n g DC c u r -
r e n t in t h e output winding, and t h e r e b y
e l i m i n a t e s t h e d e - s a t u r a t i n g affect of
c h a n g e s in p o l a r i t y .
-
 E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS

Dril ler'$
Control

74 Volt DC
11 Mog
4 4 0 Volt AC
-'3
3 Amp
F

-@
6 4 5 Engine Speed
Increoser

4 4 0 Volt AC
":I Amp
]
[
74 Volt DC

I
TI
Driller's
Control
14462

F i g . 4 - 5 -- Excitation S y s t e m B l o c k D i a g r a m

In addition to a c o n t r o l winding, a b i a s
1
winding m a y b e applied to the r e a c t o r to
o... shift the output to a b e t t e r c o n t r o l point.
F o r e x a m p l e , the b i a s w i n d i n g m a y a c h i e v e
--.J m i n i m u m output w h e n c o n t r o l c u r r e n t is
zero.
2
o..
T h e e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t is shown in Fig. 4 - 7 .
R e m e m b e r that the r e a c t o r c o i l s a r e all
wound on one c o r e as shown in Fig. 4 - 6 .

T o u n d e r s t a n d how the a u t o t r a n s f o r m e r at
Gapless Iron Cores ~ the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l f u n c t i o n s , c o n s i d e r it
1-2 & 3-4 Power Windings as two windings of a t r a n s f o r m e r , the
7-8 Bias Winding p r i m a r y winding h a v i n g a fixed n u m b e r of
11-12 Drive Or Control Winding t u r n s while the s e c o n d a r y winding has a
11532
v a r i a b l e n u m b e r of t u r n s . In a c t u a l i t y the
F i g . 4 - 6 -- G e n e r a t o r F i e l d t r a n s f o r m e r c o n s i s t s of a single winding
Excitation Reactor on a c y l i n d r i c a l c o r e . T h i s s i n g l e winding

- 414 -
 E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS

IIOV.
AC 4 4 0 V. AC

Generator
U.

,o'~jc
7OA

U.

Driller's
74Volt DC

I MI FM3~
Cant rol

@2~mp 8 7 8 7
Bias Wtndings
8 7

Voriob,e
Voltage FM I FM2

II 12 II 12 I I !2'
Control Windings
I 1533A

Fig. 4 - 7 -- E x c i t a t i o n C i r c u i t , S i m p l i f i e d D i a g r a m
i

p e r f o r m s the function of both t h e p r i m a r y p r o p o r t i o n a l to t h e c u r r e n t o r v o l t a g e

and s e c o n d a r y windings. T h e n u m b e r of
t u r n s in t h e s e c o n d a r y w i n d i n g is v a r i e d
by t h e p o s i t i o n of the w i p e r on t h e coil.
At m i n i m u m position t h e s e c o n d a r y c o n -
t a i n s no t u r n s ; at m a x i m u m p o s i t i o n t h e
s e c o n d a r y c o n t a i n s the s a m e n u m b e r of
t u r n s as t h e p r i m a r y w i n d i n g .
s e n s e d . T h e two s i g n a l s a r e t r a n s f o r m e d
to a u s a b l e value, c o n n e c t e d to add as
b a t t e r i e s c o n n e c t e d in s e r i e s , and t h e
r e s u l t i n g f e e d b a c k s i g n a l is " c o m p a r e d "
to t h e c o n t r o l s i g n a l f r o m t h e d r i l l e r ' s
control through a transistorized device
called P L S .

POWER LIMIT CIRCUIT T h e PLS is a s t a t i c d e v i c e w h i c h i n c l u d e s

T o p r e v e n t o v e r l o a d it is n e c e s s a r y to
include power sensingand limitingdevices
in the e x c i t a t i o n s y s t e m . S i n c e p o w e r
(watts} e q u a l s volts t i m e s a m p e r e s , a
d e v i c e t h a t s e n s e s g e n e r a t o r a m p e r e s is
u s e d in c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h a d e v i c e that
s e n s e s g e n e r a t o r voltage, T h e s e d e v i c e s ,
called transductor reactors, effect a signal
t h r e e t r a n s i s t o r s , one of w h i c h a c t s as a
s w i t c h in t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r c o n t r o l
w i n d i n g (11-12). T h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l
s i g n a l is c o n n e c t e d to PLS t e r m i n a l 3 and
g e n e r a t o r f e e d b a c k s i g n a l is c o n n e c t e d to
PLS t e r m i n a l 1. As l o n g as t h e f e e d b a c k
s i g n a l is l e s s than t h e d r i l l e r ' s signal, t h e
PLS o u t p u t t r a n s i s t o r is t u r n e d on g i v i n g
a 100 o h m c i r c u i t b e t w e e n PLS t e r m i n a l s

- 415 -
 E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS
8 and 5 w h i c h is now i n t h e a m p l i f i e r 11-12
windings. If the d r i l l e r ' s signal i s less
than the f e e d b a c k the output t r a n s i s t o r is
t u r n e d off. T e r m i n a l 7 is also u s e d on
the PLS and is s i m p l y c o n n e c t e d to a
s e p a r a t e 65 volts DC supply which is
n e c e s s a r y f o r s e q u e n c i n g and t u r n on
p o w e r within the PLS. T h e PLS c i r c u i t s
a r e a r r a n g e d s u c h t h a t the output t r a n s i s -
t o r is e i t h e r t u r n e d on o r Off and is not
m o d u l a t e d . To c o n t r o l the g e n e r a t o r out-
put the output t r a n s i s t o r of the PLS turns
on and off r a p i d l y giving an a v e r a g e mag-
n e t i c a m p l i f i e r c o n t r o l winding c u r r e n t .
CAUTION: Due to the f a c t that the PLS has
s t a t i c c o m p o n e n t s , o v e r volt-
ages should not be applied at
any t e r m i n a l s i n c e d a m a g e can
be done.
The c u r r e n t sensing transductor reactor
GCT, (A) Fig. 4-8, c o n t a i n s a coil con-
n e c t e d in s e r i e s with a t r a n s f o r m e r and
a c r o s s a 110 volts AC s o u r c e that is
AC Coil
.~Terminols
~ F
Gopless
Iron Cor( __J
GCT
(~ ~
~ O
~ AC Coil
~.~Termin21,
C~lc t~s
O.n.,.,o, Vol, I t e r i s t i c s . The following e x p l a i n s the f u n c -
4 GVT
® 10905
Fig. 4-8 -- C u r r e n t And Voltage
Tr ansductor Reactors
- 416
s e p a r a t e f r o m the s y s t e m . T h e a m o u n t of
c u r r e n t flowing t h r o u g h the t r a n s f o r m e r
winding is d e t e r m i n e d b y the i m p e d a n c e
of the AC coil of the r e a c t o r . T h i s i m -
p e d a n c e v a r i e s with the amount of c u r r e n t
flowing in the c a b l e that p a s s e s t h r o u g h
the r e a c t o r c o r e .
T h e voltage s e n s i n g r e a c t o r GVT, (B)
Fig. 4-8, is s i m i l a r in c o n s t r u c t i o n and
o p e r a t i o n to GCT, h o w e v e r , the i m p e d a n c e
of the AC coil is v a r i e d b y use of a s e c o n d
coil c o n n e c t e d a c r o s s the d i r e c t c u r r e n t
generator.
T h e c i r c u i t i l l u s t r a t e d in Fig. 4-9 shows
the b a s i c c o m p o n e n t s of the p o w e r l i m i t
s y s t e m , but f o r r e a s o n of c l a r i t y and
s i m p l i c i t y does not i n c l u d e d e v i c e s u s e d
to c a l i b r a t e and adjust the p o w e r l i m i t
system. These devices, variable resist-
a n c e s located at v a r i o u s points in the
c i r c u i t , b r i n g the m a t c h e d s i g n a l s at PLS
to v a l u e s that give the d e s i r e d p o w e r
l i m i t i n g c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . T h e following
a r t i c l e s explain the f u n c t i o n and s e t t i n g of
these devices.
CALIBRATION OF THE POWER
LIMIT CIRCUIT
T h e following is i n t e n d e d only as a guide
to o p e r a t i n g p e r s o n n e l . R e f e r t o t h e s c h e -
m a t i c w i r i n g d i a g r a m r e l a t i n g to the
specific installation for detailed informa-
tion r e g a r d i n g c a l i b r a t i o n of power l i m i t -
ing c i r c u i t s .
Fig. 4-9 shows the b a s i c p o w e r l i m i t
c i r c u i t . Fig. 4-10 shows the s a m e c i r c u i t
with c a l i b r a t i n g r h e o s t a t s and c o n t a c t s
i n s e r t e d . T h e s e r h e o s t a t s a r e a d j u s t e d to
a c h i e v e the d e s i r e d p o w e r l i m i t i n g c h a r a c -
tion of the individual r h e o s t a t s .
RH22 - The c u r r e n t flowing in the bias
windings 8 to 7 of the r e a c t o r s
is in opposition to that flowing
in the load windings 1 to 2 and
-
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

Generator
pMotor
GVT-I CR22

RE26 Signal From

___.<
GVT-2 Drillers
GCT-I GCT-2 Control
FMI CA23

IlOVolt AC
CR23 Voltage Plus
Current Feed-
back Signals
T2 FM3
PLS Power
--..-<
Supply 65V D.C.

Common Negative
14414

Fig. 4 - 9 -- P o w e r L i m i t C i r c u i t , S i m p l i f i e d D i a g r a m

Generator ~
Voltage
Signal
~
~~ 2
CR27
RH301~----~" "~
T32

]lli: ~zov. A.c.

From GVT
And T I RH24~

CR21
ACI Input Signal
~From Drillers
RE26 Control
Generator/' CR23
Current ~ ~ 74V D.C.Conlrol
Signal
From /
GCTST2 k RH23 PRH22
RH25 FMI

FMI
Control FM2
Windings
CI !4;
3!.as / 311 F M 2
,zlIJFM3
FM3
PLS 5,=
w

14415

F i g . 4-10 -- P o w e r L i m i t C i r c u i t C a l i b r a t i o n

- 417 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
3 t o 4. RH22 i s a d j u s t e d to
r e g u l a t e c u r r e n t flow t h r o u g h
t h e b i a s w i n d i n g s s o t h a t inthe
a b s e n c e of a d r i v e o r c o n t r o l
c u r r e n t in t h e 11 to 12 wind-
ings, t h e i m p e d a n c e of t h e r e -
a c t o r s is s u c h t h a t t h e mini-
m u m c u r r e n t f l o w s in t h e gen-
e r a t o r f i e l d . T h i s c u r r e n t is
not s u f f i c i e n t to p r o p e r l y excite
the main generator.
RH23 - C u r r e n t f l o w i n g in the d r i v e or
c o n t r o l w i n d i n g 11 to 12 is in
o p p o s i t i o n to t h a t f l o w i n g inthe
b i a s 8 to 7 w i n d i n g s . T h i s c u r -
r e n t r e s u l t s in a l o w e r i n g o f t h e
i m p e d a n c e of t h e r e a c t o r s . RH
23 is a d j u s t e d t o l i m i t t h e c u r -
r e n t f l o w t h r o u g h the r e a c t o r
w i n d i n g s 11 to 12, to give the
p r o p e r no l o a d m a x i m u m gen-
erator volt age withdriller's
c o n t r o l in m a x i m u m p o s i t i o n .
RH21 - W h e n t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l is in
m a x i m u m p o s i t i o n , t h e signal
f r o m t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l is
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 120 v o l t s AC.
RH21 is a d j u s t e d to r e d u c e t h i s
s i g n a l t o a v a l u e p r o p e r for u s e
a s a r e f e r e n c e s i g n a l to the
PLS.
RH25 - T h e s i g n a l f r o m G C T is p r o -
p o r t i o n a l to g e n e r a t o r a m -
p e r e s . RH25 i s a d j u s t e d , with
the generator delivering a spe-
c i f i c high a m p e r a g e , s o that a
s p e c i f i c v o l t a g e s i g n a l is d i -
r e c t e d t o the P U S .
RH24 - T h e s i g n a l f r o m GVT is p r o -
p o r t i o n a l to g e n e r a t o r volts.
T h e o r e t i c a l l y RH24 c a n be a d -
justed when generator amperes
a r e z e r o and g e n e r a t o r volts
a r e at a high s p e c i f i c value
- 418
i n d i c a t e d b y e x t e n s i o n of t h e
applicable power curve to a
point off t h e c h a r t s h o w n in
Fig. 4 - 1 1 . H o w e v e r , s i n c e t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l high v o l t a g e c a n not
b e a t t a i n e d , in p r a c t i c e R H 2 4
will b e a d j u s t e d s o t h a t g e n e r -
ator power falls within limits
s h o w n on t h e a p p l i c a b l e p o w e r
limit chart.
RH26 - These rheostats, when pro-
R H 2 7 - vided are used to recalibrate
the s e t t i n g obtained by RH25.
W h e n i n s e r t e d into t h e p o w e r
l i m i t c i r c u i t b y a c t i o n of t h e
T O R Q U E L I M I T s w i t c h and
torque rheostat relays TRA
and T R B , t h e y h a v e t h e e f f e c t
of s h i f t i n g t h e p o w e r l i m i t
c u r v e to a l o w e r v a l u e a s i n -
d i c a t e d in F i g . 4 - 1 1 .
The torque limiting rheostats
a r e a d j u s t e d in t h e s a m e m a n -
n e r as R H 2 5 , b u t a d i f f e r e n t
a m p e r a g e v a l u e is u s e d .
RC The recalibration relay con-
Contacts - t a c t s l a b e l e d RC on F i g . 4 - 1 0 ,
c u t out t h e e f f e c t of t h e g e n e r -
ator voltage signal so that
p o w e r is l i m i t e d o n l y b y t h e
e f f e c t of t h e g e n e r a t o r a m -
perage signal. W h e n RC i s
p i c k e d up t h e p o w e r l i m i t c u r v e
s h o w n a s a d o t t e d line on F i g .
4 - 1 1 is in e f f e c t . T h e r e c a l i -
b r a t i o n r e l a y is a p p l i c a b l e o n l y
w h e n t h e g e n e r a t o r is u s e d t o
power the draw works; there-
fore the i n t e r m i t t e n t o v e r l o a d s
characteristic of d r a w w o r k s
operation are allowed by the
power limit system.
On s o m e i n s t a l l a t i o n s t h e r e -
calibration relay may be used
-
 E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS

1000 immnmmnmnmmmnunmnmn
immnmmmmmnmnmmmumn
nmnnmimmmummnmmnmun
! . nnun , . .

inmmll, l l l l l n l l l m m l ~ l
Ilmllmmmllmimmlmmmm~u
800 I N I N n l INNU nnmmnnm,t'.n
Immmmlmmnnunnmnmvc
Inmmmmmlnlmmnmmumll
ImmURing, I n n n m u n n n n n ,
limmnlm| l n l m n l i l m i m n m k ~P
~nmmmmmmmml~mmummmmnnmun
nnnmimml n u u m i l u u m m n n d
wmnmnunlunmmmiunumnu
~ 600 I unnmmm, lmmnmmmmnmun
lillllml|llnnnnnnnnu
"Nominal Curve With TRA ------
Is

0 400
- C u r v e O b t a i n e d By A d -
_ - j u s t m e n t Of RH24 & RH2S J 1L
• ' ", , , L n , , I I | ~I
~ T N O T E . I I I I I I II
I I I I J I I * I I 1 1 | I TI, I "

The curves shown are nom- Ik ;

200 inal and should not be u s e d -
for circuit calibration. Re- !
fer to applicable s c h e m a t i c -
wiring diagram and main- ; ~ i
t e n a n c e instruction, i ~ 1L
, i i , J i i a | i a n a , , | , , ~ i

200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Generator Amperes
14417

Fig. 4-11 -- G e n e r a t o r C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s

in conjunction with t o r q u e l i m i t Fig. 4-12) o p e n to p r e v e n t g e n e r a t o r e x -

r h e o s t a t s to c h a n g e t h e attitude c i t a t i o n a n d a n o t h e r s e t picks up to k e e p
of the power l i m i t line f r o m a TDDA d e - e n e r g i z e d .
slope to a v e r t i c a l position,
thus limiting t o r q u e to a fixed
When the d r i l l e r ' s p o w e r c o n t r o l is ad-
value at all t a b l e r o t a t i n g
v a n c e d out of the OFF position, TDD is
speeds.
d e - e n e r g i z e d . Its c o n t a c t s d r o p to e s t a -
b l i s h g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t s and to
e n e r g i z e TDDA: w h e n TDDA picks up,
DRAW WORKS CONTROL AND t h e m o t o r field d i r e c t i o n a l c o n t a c t o r not
SUPER E X C I T A T I O N CIRCUITS
h e l d in by the d r a w w o r k s d i r e c t i o n s w i t c h
d r o p s out a n d C u r r e n t flows t h r o u g h t h e ~
CONTROL CIRCUITS m o t o r f i e l d in the a p p r o p r i a t e d i r e c t i o n .

The c i r c u i t d i a g r a m s h o w n in Fig. 4-12,

shows the d r a w works c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s When the d r i l l e r s c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d to
d e - e n e r g i z e d . When c o n t r o l c u r r e n t is the O F F position, TDD is again e n e r g i z e d
applied and the d r i l l e r s p o w e r c o n t r o l is and TDDA d e - e n e r g i z e d ; h o w e v e r , the
in the O F F position, TDD is e n e r g i z e d . t i m e d e l a y e d c o n t a c t s of TDDA r e m a i n
One s e t of its contacts (not shown on picked up f o r about 5 s e c o n d s to p r e v e n t

- 419 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

Draw Works Run Switch

,Control Closed When Driller's TDD
Current i c°°,,°,,, °,,
TDD TDDA
Draw Works Direction
DFO
r

. L__J
------|

d%
[---5 DRE DFO

Draw Works Direction TDD DRE

Drow Works
Safety Switch T
TDDA SED
;oI~: oo&c i
L.-----J .DI
Nominal 5 TDD
Second Delay
Before Opening ~~)¢Selector
Swltch ! D2

Generators
.©
Motor Motor

~,DFO - " Motor Fields - - - - DFO

~ .
T

AC

14418

Fig. 4-12 -- Draw W o r k s C o n t r o l C i r c u i t s

S e r i e s Wound M o t o r s

s h o r t i n g of the m o t o r f i e l d s until the gen- f r o m opening on high c u r r e n t . This r e -

e r a t o r f i e l d e x c i t a t i o n has d e c a y e d and
m o t o r a r m a t u r e s have slowed down.
If the d i r e c t i o n a l position of t h e d r i l l e r s
c o n t r o l is changed i m m e d i a t e l y after the
c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d to t h e O F F position,
holding c i r c u i t s c o n t a i n i n g TDDA and DRE
o r DFO i n t e r l o c k s a r e e f f e c t i v e . T h e s e
c i r c u i t s k e e p the m o t o r field c o n t a c t o r s
v e r s i n g action will, h o w e v e r , c a u s e s h o r t -
ing of the m o t o r f i e l d s with r e s u l t a n t
b r a k i n g action.
SUPER EXCITATION CIRCUIT
When series-wound m o t o r s a r e used to
power draw works, it is n e c e s s a r y t o p r o -
vide braking action to the m o t o r a r m a t u r e s

- 420 -
 E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS
when d r i v e p o w e r is c u t off a f t e r light or
no l o a d o p e r a t i o n . T h i s is done by s u p e r -
i m p o s i n g a - s e c o n d a r y s o u r c e of e x c i t a t i o n
upon t h e P r i m a r y s o u r c e of m o t o r e x c i t a -
tion, h e n c e t h e S e c o n d a r y s o u r c e is given
the n a m e , " s u p e r e x c i t a t i o n . "
F r o m t h e c i r c u i t shown in the l o w e r p o r -
tion of Fi~. 4-12, i t can be s e e n t h a t s u p e r
e x c i t a t i o n is available, b u t d o e s not n e c -
e s s a r i l y h a v e effect w h e n e v e r the SED
coil is e n e r g i z e d . The c i r c u i t to SED is
c o m p l e t e d until the t i m e d e l a y c o n t a c t s
of TDDA d r o p , 5 s e c o n d s after t h e d r i l l e r s
p o w e r c o n t r o l is in the O F F p o s i t i o n .
When t h e d r i l l e r ' s p o w e r c o n t r o l is t u r n e d
to t h e O F F position, g e n e r a t o r v o l t a g e
f a l l s to a v a l u e below t h a t of t h e s u p e r
e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t , and t h e m o t o r f i e l d s
r e c e i v e s u p e r excitation, c a u s i n g a m a g -
netic flux t h a t r e s i s t s r o t a t i o n of t h e m o t o r
armatures. This resistance gives the
m o t o r s a r e t a r d i n g e f f o r t and a l l o w s d i s -
e n g a g e m e n t of jaw type c l u t c h e s that a r e
often u s e d w i t h d r a w w o r k s .
INERTIA BRAKE CIRcuIT
U n d e r c o n d i t i o n s of h e a v y load, t h e m o t o r
a r m a t u r e s m a y t u r n too s l o w l y f o r s u p e r
e x c i t a t i o n to be effective in d i s e n g a g i n g
jaw t y p e c l u t c h e s . I n s t a l l a t i o n s e q u i p p e d
with j a w t y p e c l u t c h e s a r e p r o v i d e d w i t h
an i n e r t i a b r a k e switch IB to s h o r t out
m o t o r f i e l d s w h e n the d r i l l e r s c o n t r o l is
t u r n e d p a s t t h e OFF p o s i t i o n and h e l d
there momentarily. This shorting pro-
v i d e s t h e "bump" n e c e s s a r y to d i s e n g a g e
jaw t y p e c l u t c h e s at slow s p e e d s . T h e IB
Switch a l s o a c t u a t e s t h e IB m a g n e t a i r
Valve w h e n an actual i n e r t i a b r a k e is f i t t e d
to t h e d r a w w o r k s .
.1
SHUNT WOUND MOTORS
(Separately Excited)
On s p e c i a l o r d e r s h u n t - w o u n d m o t o r s m a y
b e u s e d to p o w e r draw w o r k s . With s u c h
e q u i p m e n t , e x c i t a t i o n of t h e m o t o r f i e l d s is
- 421
p r o v i d e d by a s e p a r a t e s o u r c e of AC p o w e r
as s h o w n in F i g . 4 - 1 3 . T h u s , t h e m o t o r
fields are excited whenever the draw works
is s e t up f o r o p e r a t i o n . T h i s e x c i t a t i o n
p r o v i d e s the r e q u i r e d b r a k i n g a c t i o n w h e n
d r i v e p o w e r is t u r n e d off. T h e TDDA r e l a y
is not used, s o the d i r e c t i o n a l c o n t a c t o r s
D F O and DRE a r e n e v e r c l o s e d at t h e
same time.
A f i e l d f a i l u r e r e l a y i n c l u d e d in t h e e x c i t a -
t i o n c i r c u i t s a c t s to i n t e r r u p t g e n e r a t o r
e x c i t a t i o n if f i e l d e x c i t a t i o n f a l l s b e l o w a
s a f e o p e r a t i n g level.: T h i s p r o v i d e s r u n -
away p r o t e c t i o n f o r t h e s h u n t - w o u n d
motors.
TABLE CONTROL CIRCUIT
T h e t a b l e c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s f u n c t i o n in
e s s e n t i a l l y t h e s a m e m a n n e r as t h e d r a w
works circuit. However, the character-
i s t i c s of t a b l e o p e r a t i o n r e q u i r e no n e e d
for motor armature braking, so super
e x c i t a t i o n o r s h u n t wound m o t o r s a r e n o t
n e e d e d . Fig. 4 - 1 4 i l l u s t r a t e s t h e t a b l e
m o t o r c o n t r o l c i r c u i t , and t h e t e x t c o v e r -
i n g Jdraw w o r k s c o n t r o l s h o u l d s u f f i c e to
explain the circuit operation.
GENERATOR SHORTING CIRCUIT
In m a n y a p p l i c a t i o n s two g e n e r a t o r s , e a c h
driven by a separate engine, are connected
in s e r i e s with two m o t o r s . If one of t h e
e n g i n e s w e r e s h u t down, t h e o p e r a t i n g
g e n e r a t o r would d e l i v e r c u r r e n t t h r o u g h
the stopped generator. This could cause
d a m a g e to t h e c o m m u t a t o r of t h e s t o p p e d
g e n e r a t o r . T h e r e f o r e , p r o v i s i o n to s h o r t
o u t t h e s t o p p e d g e n e r a t o r c a n be m a d e in
o r d e r to avoid c o m p l e t e s h u t d o w n of a
critical operation.
W h e n e v e r t h e ISOLATION s w i t c h is p l a c e d
in t h e O F F p o s i t i o n TDS w i l l b e e n e r g i z e d ,
s e e F i g . 4-15, a n d a f t e r a t i m e d e l a y
( n o m i n a l l y 5 seconds} i t s c o n t a c t s w i l l
p i c k up to c o m p l e t e a c i r c u i t to a g e n e r a t o r
s h o r t i n g c o n t a c t o r S.
-
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

AC
Source

F~

rql

~--- FF
Motor Fields

.--%....o
DRE DRE
14463

Fig. 4-13 -- Excitation Circuit, Shunt-Wound Motors

Control
Current
Table Selector Sw.
v S ofe'ty T FO TI

.= tO C" 0 tLO _ v
J. . . . . I i v
TRE T2
TOble _R_un__Sw.
t ~0, (Closed when driller's S POR TDT
t. . . . . control is off) g_....-o
T DT TDTA

~ o,Tabler---"Directi°n

Table Direction
,
' ~='~',
!
~'~
L,. . . . . i

Motor Motor Field

©
TFO ~ T FO

TRE TRE
Generator

0"'2
TI
0 T2
14419

Fig. 4-14 -- T a b l e Control Circuits

- 422 -
 E LE CTRICA L CIRCUITS
/Control
Current SKID NO. 2
Isolation Switch
I-2 Contact Closed
In Off Position
Pick Up Delayed
5 Seconds
o.I.o
TDS
SKID NO.I
©
Generator
Motor
©
Fig. 4-15 -- T i m e Delay G e n e r a t o r Shorting Circu it
The 5 second t i m e delay before pick up of
the shorting contactor is provided to allow
g e n e r a t o r excitation to subside if the
isolation switch is placed in OFF position
while an operating generator is developing
power.
CAUTION: If at anytime one of two engines
dri vi ng generators in s e r i e s
stops, it is n e c e s s a r y to short
out the stopped g e n e r a t o r if
operation is to continue. The
shorting must be done manually
with a shorting cable if time
delay shorting is not provided.
In any event always isolate a
stopped engine.
MOTOR AND GENERATOR
PROTECTIVE DEVICES, Fig. 4-16
The speed limit, sprocket slip, or s urg e
c u r r e n t relay, when actuated, b r e a k the
c i r c u i t s to the applicable g e n e r a t o r field
contactors GF, thereby r e m o v i n g power
f r o m the m o t o r s and causing GF holding
- 423
DIO TDS
X
S
SKIDNO.2
Motor
©
T©-
Gener°oS°r
S
14464
i n t e r l o c k s to drop out. To r e - e s t a b l i s h
the g e n e r a t o r field after the protective
r e l a y s have operated i t is n e c e s s a r y to
r e t u r n the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l to the OFF
position and r e - a d v a n c e the control. This
allows t i m e delay contacts t o r e - e s t a b l i s h
the GF holding c i r c u i t .
SPEED LIMIT
The coil of SL is sensitive to g e n e r a t o r
voltage; g e n e r a t o r c u r r e n t in the through-
cable portion of SL s e t s up a flux that
opposes the action of the coil. Thus the
r e l a y is set to operate when g e n e r a t o r
voltage r e a c h e s a value which for a given
load tends to r e s u l t in mo to r o v e r s p e e d .
The voltage coil flux at that point is of
sufficient magnitude to offset the b ias in g
effect of the t h r o u g h - c a b l e c u r r e n t .
SPROCKET SLIP
D r i l l i n g equipment equipped with chain
d r i v e s are susceptible to chain b r e a k a g e
or disengagement. G e n e r a l l y two m o t o r s
-
 E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS

SL R

Motor T S Motor Motor Fields

© - ©
f~-'~I Shunt Field
' "-~"'
,31 "~.~FF
SR SR
G• n(~tor~ _ Gen~t o r ~ v]

SS SL SR GF GF
'=::' F'F ~ "

offer 2 second delay

"~~TDO, TDM,or TDT

I m ',RunSwitch
+ ,o o,
_, Open when driller's control is
Control advanced out of OFF
Current
1 1538

Fig. 4-16 -- M o t o r And G e n e r a t o r P r o t e c t i v e D e v i c e s

d r i v e a c o m m o n shaft t h r o u g h s e p a r a t e g e n e r a t o r i n t e r p o l e windings, as any coil,

c h a i n d r i v e s . If one chain b r e a k s or b e -
c o m e s d i s e n g a g e d , the a f f e c t e d m o t o r w i l l
o v e r s p e e d , but the s p e e d l i m i t relay, due
to t h e low voltage at the e n g a g e d motor,
will p r o b a b l y fail to s e n s e the o v e r s p e e d
until d a m a g e has o c c u r r e d . For this
r e a s o n a s e n s i t i v e r e l a y is connected in a
b r i d g e c i r c u i t b e t w e e n the t w o m o t o r s .
When both m o t o r s a r e r o t a t i n g a t t h e s a m e
s p e e d the b r i d g e c i r c u i t is in balance and
no c u r r e n t flows t h r o u g h the SS coil. But
w h e n a s p e e d d i f f e r e n t i a l e x i s t s , one m o t o r
o f f e r s i n c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e and c u r r e n t
flows t h r o u g h the SS coil t r i p p i n g t h e r e l a y
and r e m o v i n g p o w e r f r o m the m o t o r s
t h r o u g h action of the GF c o n t a c t o r .
o f f e r r e s i s t a n c e to a s u d d e n change of
c u r r e n t . This r e s i s t a n c e causes c u r r e n t
to be shunted t h r o u g h the SR coil, thus
removing generator excitation.
FIELD FAILURE
When shunt-wound m o t o r s a r e e m p l o y e d ,
a field f a i l u r e r e l a y FF r e p l a c e s the s p e e d
l i m i t r e l a y SL, but the p u r p o s e of e a c h is
the s a m e , to p r e v e n t o v e r s p e e d . A shunt
wound m o t o r will tend to " r u n away" if it
l o s e s field e x c i t a t i o n , t h e r e f o r e t h e FF
r e l a y d e t e c t s l o s s of f i e l d e x c i t a t i o n and
a c t s to r e m o v e c u r r e n t f r o m the a r m a t u r e
windings.

SURGE CURRENT DRAW WORKS FOOT CONTROL CIRCUIT

A g r o u n d e d condition o r g e n e r a t o r f l a s h - When a foot c o n t r o l is u s e d in conjunction

o v e r will r e s u l t in a s u r g e of c u r r e n t . T h e with d r a w works, the c i r c u i t , F i g . 4 - 1 7 , is

- 424 -
 E LECTRICAL CIRCUITS

I tO Volt AC CEMENTING PUMP POWER

LIMIT RECALIBRATION'CIRCUIT
WOrkO
Control
C e m e n t i n g pumps r e q u i r e h i g h t o r q u e f r o m
Drove Works
Run Switch
t. . . . "I
the m o t o r s . This high torque is obtained
C'-'--P---
"T" R by shifting the power limit line, Fig .4 -1 1 ,
Open When
Hondiheol
m R
to allow high motor a m p e r e s at low volt-
Is Advanced 2
O u t O f Off age, a condition that o c c u r s when the f o r c e
m
Position
3 against the m o t o r s r e s u l t s i n t h e i r tu rn i n g

r-~,.2
oF @
Selector Switch
4

R
at slow speed. The shift o f t h e p o w e r li mi t
line is obtained by the use of r h e o s t a t s
To Excitation Amp 5
Control Circuits RH28 and RH29 and of c e m e n t i n g pump
11537
r e l a y PR, Fig. 4-18,
Fig. 4-17 -- Draw Works
Foot Control C i r c ui t
On rigs equippedwith Cementing pump c i r -
effective only when the hand control is ad- cuitry, RH25 in combination with RH29
vanced out of the OFF position. This is so c a l i b r a t e s the a m p e r a g e limit of the power
be c a use contacts of the draw works run line. When the c e m e n t i n g pump r e l a y PR
switch (not shown on Fig. 4-17} establish is e n e r g i z e d , RH29 is sh o rted out, and the
c i r c u i t s to pick up the GF contactor and a m p e r a g e limit shifts. PR picking up in-
complete a c i r c u i t to the excitation control s e r t s RH28 in combination with RH24, and
circuit. The draw works run switch con- the slope of the power limit line is changed.
tacts that appear on Fig. 4-17, s e r v e
m e r e l y to prevent feed through part of the
*Generator {
variable t r a n s f o r m e r and protect against Voltage
winding da ma ge . Signal
FromGVT •
When the foot p e d a l i s d e p r e s s e d the c i r -
cuit f r o m the d r i l l e r ' s hand control is in-
t e r r u p t e d by the number 1 contacts of the
foot control and a fixed r e s i s t a n c e is in-
s e r t e d in the excitation control c i r c u i t s . Generator {
As the foot pedal is f u r t h e r d e p r e s s e d Current
Signal
additional r e s i s t o r s a r e p a r a l l e l e d with FromGGT
the n u m b e r 1 r e s i s t o r . Thus, five steps
of draw works power a r e provided by the
foot control, and the o p e r a t o r has f r e e use
of both hands to operate d r u m b r a k e s or
draw works clutches. .!

Since the foot pedal in effect, supplements

the hand control, and s i n c e control is r e -
stored to the handwheel when the foot pedal
is r e l e a s e d , the handwheel m a y be set for
cat heading speed when the foot pedal is to
1446 5
be used. When the foot pedal is r e l e a s e d ,
the draw works speed will r e t u r n to that Fig. 4-18 -- Cemen tin g Pump Po w er
set by the hand control. L imit R e c a l i b r a t i n g Circu it

- 425 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

SYMBOLS USED ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

T h i s g l o s s a r y a t t e m p t s to explain s y m b o l s and c h a r t s l i k e l y to a p p e a r on a s c h e m a t i c
diagram. S p a c e p r o h i b i t s c o v e r a g e of all p o s s i b l e s y m b o l s , but the m o s t c o m m o n and
i m p o r t a n t a r e shown.

All s y m b o l s a r e to s o m e e x t e n t pictorial; that is, t h e y a r e d r a w n to look s o m e t h i n g like

the d e v i c e s t h e y r e p r e s e n t , o r in s o m e m a n n e r i n d i c a t e the function of t h e d e v i c e .

CA-CAPACITOR COIL, MAGNET

_1_
q-
A capacitor stores electrical charges
on i t s p l a t e s . Its u s u a l p u r p o s e is to
d a m p e n t h e a f f e c t of v o l t a g e p e a k s o r to
d e l a y d r o p o u t of a r e l a y .
When c u r r e n t p a s s e s t h r o u g h a coil, a
m a g n e t i c f o r c e is c r e a t e d . T h i s f o r c e is
u s e d to m o v e a p i e c e of i r o n ( a r m a t u r e )
w h i c h in t u r n m o v e s e l e c t r i c a l c o n t a c t s
(switches).

COIL (OF A RELAY CONTAINING MORE

CIRCUIT BREAKING DEVICES THAN 1 COIL)

Fuse S o m e r e l a y s contain s e v e r a l c o i l s . T h e
t e r m i n a l s of such c o i l s a r e l e t t e r e d . C u r -
r e n t flow in a s c e n d i n g a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r
will p i c k up the r e l a y . C u r r e n t flow in d e -
s c e n d i n g a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r will a c t to
d r o p the r e l a y .

I I
CR, R E C T I F I E R
I I

Magnetically operated circuit breaker.

I !
I and fail if t h e a p p l i e d v o l t a g e is too high.
I O-~ ~'r-'t'O II
I I
Thermally operated circuit breaker.
This device allows conventional current
flow in the d i r e c t i o n of the a r r o w p o r t i o n
of the s y m b o l . It b l o c k s c u r r e n t flow in
the o p p o s i t e d i r e c t i o n , b u t will b r e a k down
T h e r e d t e r m i n a l of the r e c t i f i e r is at t h e
a r r o w point. The b l a c k t e r m i n a l is at t h e
b r o a d p o r t i o n of the a r r o w s y m b o l .

- 426 -
 ELECTRICAL
CR - SUPPRESSION RECTIFIER
Operation of the s u p p r e s s i o n r e c t i f i e r is
s i m i l a r to that of the conventional r e c t i -
f i e r . T h e suppression r e c t i f i e r will b r e a k
down at high applied voltage and it will
conduct c u r r e n t in opposition to the a r r o w
mrtion of the symbol, but the r e c t i f i e r will
not be d e s t r o y e d . Its purpose is to p r o t e c t
conventional r e c t i f i e r s f r o m the damaging
affect of high voltage.
EI RELAY
The l e t t e r E in the n a m e EI R E L A Y i s the
conventional symbol f o r e l e c t r i c a l poten-
tial o r voltage. The l e t t e r I is the symbol
for e l e c t r i c a l current. The EI r e l a y is so
c o n s t r u c t e d and connected in e l e c t r i c a l
c i r c u i t s that its operation is dependent
upon voltage at the o p e r a t i n g coils and
c u r r e n t in cables or a b u s p a s s i n g t h r o u g h
the r e l a y f r a m e .
The r e l a y will operate when DC voltage of
a s p e c i f i c value is applied to the coils in
a s c e n d i n g alphabetical o r d e r and no c u r -
r e n t p a s s e s through the r e l a y f r a m e . How-
e v e r , when current p a s s e s through the
r e l a y f r a m e a higher voltage value is r e -
q u i r e d to a c t u a t e the r e l a y .
If the r e l a y coil t e r m i n a l s a r e identified
as R (right} and L (left}, v o l t a g e ' R to L
- 427 -
CIRCUITS
MAGNETIC A M P L I F I E R
AC
I I
~~~l~L°°d~
Load windings a r e connected to a l t e r n a t i n g
c u r r e n t , but r e c t i f i e r s that a r e p a r t of the
m a g n e t i c amplifier allow c u r r e n t flow in
only one direction. The pointed symbols
indicate bias and c o n t r o l w i n d i n g s that
c a r r y d i r e c t c u r r e n t to control output of
the m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r . The various wind-
ings a r e not n e c e s s a r i l y located adjacent
to one another on the p h y s i c a l s c h e m a t i c
diagram.
Speed
or ~/~/~ L Limit
Reloy
r,! Qn
uI
o p e r a t e s the r e l a y and c u r r e n t at t h e
f r a m e o p p o s e s r e l a y pickup.
If the r e l a y f r a m e symbol is shown point-
ing to the left, c u r r e n t through the r e l a y
f l a m e is c o n s i d e r e d to be the p r i m a r y
o p e r a t i n g factor. When the r e l a y f r a m e is
shown pointing to the right, c u r r e n t through
the r e l a y f r a m e b i a s e s the r e l a y and volt-
age at the coils is c o n s i d e r e d to be the
p r i m a r y operating f a c t o r .
The coil and f r a m e s y m b o l s a r e not n e c e s -
s a r i l y adjacent to one another on the phy-
s i c a l s c h e m a t i c . F u r t h e r m o r e , all coils
in the r e l a y a r e not n e c e s s a r i l y connected
in the s a m e circuit. Various arrangemer{ts
a r e u s e d to obtain d e s i r e d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s .
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

M O T O R AND G E N E R A T O R F I E L D
WINDINGS
° I
20 4
Motor field When d o u b l e b r e a k c o n t a c t s a r e shown in
a v e r t i c a l attitude the c o n t a c t b a r is c o n -
s i d e r e d to fall to the r i g h t when the c o n -

_• Motor or generator
armature
t a c t o r is d e - e n e r g i z e d . T h e 1-2 c o n t a c t s
a r e n o r m a l l y open; the 3 - 4 c o n t a c t s a r e
normally closed.

G e n e r a t o r field windings

Compensating
R E C E P T A C L E S AND P L U G S

Commutating
C a b l e connection, plug
---<5- and Jack.
Differential

Shunt o r b a t t e r y field

Cable connection,
Jack only.
P O W E R CONTACTS

I 5

2 4 _• I
T e s t Jack, c i r c u i t
opening.

C o n t a c t s a r e a l w a y s shown in t h e i r normal
p o s i t i o n when the o p e r a t i n g coil is not en-
e r g i z e d . O b s e r v e that the a t t i t u d e of the
m o v a b l e c o n t a c t on s i n g l e b r e a k power
c o n t a c t o r s d o e s not n e c e s s a r i l y i m p l y a Cable connection,
g r a v i t y dropout so far as the contact sym- multiple point.
bol is c o n c e r n e d .

io o2 3 ~ 4
1
L/ Cable connection, with
wire and cable identification.
X24
Double break contacts always employthe
gravity convention for dropout when they
are shown horizontally. The i-2 contacts
are normally open; the 3-4 contacts are ->< Circuit terminates
at terminal board.
normally closed.

- 428 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

RELAY CONTACTS OR AUXILIARY O

CONTACTS

Double throw, single b r e a k r e l a y c o n t a c t s .

T h e contact is shown in its n o r m a l ( d e -
energized} position.
N o r m a l l y c l o s e d when
device i s not e n e r g i z e d .
4 =5

o0 N o r m a l l y open s i n g l e b r e a k r e l a y c o n t a c t s .
O
N o r m a l l y open when
O O
d e v i c e is not e n e r g i z e d .

N o r m a l l y c l o s e d after a Normally closed single break relay con-

time d e l a y when d e v i c e tacts.
is d e - e n e r g i z e d .

PLS - P O W E R LIMIT - S T A T I C

N o r m a l l y open after a
0
%= 0
time d e l a y when d e v i c e
05 80
is d e - e n e r g i z e d .

PLS 30

N o r m a l l y closed, but
open a f t e r a t i m e delay
when d e v i c e iS e n e r g i z e d .
N o r m a l l y open, but
oI'o
| I
closing d e l a y e d when
device is e n e r g i z e d .
07 IO
T h e PLS is a s t a t i c d e v i c e w h i c h i n c l u d e s
various electrical components. This de-
v i c e is s e r v i c e a b l e as an a s s e m b l y only.
Its p u r p o s e is to p r e v e n t o v e r l o a d by
p o w e r s e n s i n g and p o w e r l i m i t i n g i n t h e
e x c i t a t i o n s y s t e m . T h e PUS c o n t r o l s t h e
g e n e r a t o r output by t u r n i n g on and off
r a p i d l y g i v i n g an a v e r a g e m a g n e t i c a m p -
lifier control winding current.

- 429 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

SWITCHES
/ JO "
/
, < ~',
I I Normally closed
\ KO /
[]pneumatically or
I I
hydraulically operated,
i I
/
I I double break. , ~L ",

, 1

| I
N o r m a l l y open
i I
thermally operated,
l I \ 2/
i I single break. \ 30 ~'

I I
I O/ I single break. Switch
, ,
I I
I I
M a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d r o t a r y snap s w i t c h .
Switch r e m a i n s in p o s i t i o n to w h i c h it is
s e t . Such a s w i t c h m a y h a v e n u m e r o u s
Manually operated
w a f e r s ganged on a s i n g l e shaft. T h e i n -
d i v i d u a l c o n t a c t s m a y b e open o r c l o s e d
r e m a i n s in t h e
at a g i v e n p o s i t i o n of the o p e r a t i n g d e v i c e .
position to which
it is s e t .

Closed-Prime
,,, .,
t \
Manually operated I I
i
, d o u b l e b r e a k . Switch I I
J, r e m a i n s in the
i
0 * p o s i t i o n to which
I
it is s e t . Open-Prime
/
/ 0 \
/ %
' '
I I
\ 0 /
Manually operated
0 I
I III I
III u
j double b r e a k , s p r i n g
O o
loaded to the o p e n S p r i n g loaded r o t a r y s w i t c h . M a n u a l l y
I position. o p e r a t e d , it r e t u r n s to its n o r m a l p o s i t i o n
w h e n the o p e r a t i n g d e v i c e is r e l e a s e d .
Such a s w i t c h m a y h a v e s e v e r a l w a f e r s
g a n g e d on a single s h a f t . T h e individual
c o n t a c t s m a y b e open o r c l o s e d at a given
i I Manually operated p o s i t i o n of the o p e r a t i n g d e v i c e . C o n t a c t
double b r e a k , s p r i n g p o s i t i o n s will be noted a d j a c e n t to the
I III -
III u J loaded to the c l o s e d switch symbol.
I I
I , position.

- 430 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

RH - RHEOSTAT TRANSDUCTOR - C U R R E N T SENSITIVE

O rv'v'v~ O

The r h e o s t a t is e s s e n t i a l l y
a v a r i a b l e r e s i s t o r when
connected as shown.

RH - RHEOSTAT ( P o n t e n t i o m e t e r )
The t r a n s d u c t o r contains a single winding
on a g a p l e s s c o r e . DC c u r r e n t c a r r y i n g
c a b l e s p a s s t h r o u g h the c o r e . T h e w i n d i n g
T h e r h e o s t a t is u s e d as
c a r r i e s a l t e r n a t i n g c u r r e n t and is o f t e n
a voltage d i v i d e r when
c o n n e c t e d in s e r i e s with a t r a n s f o r m e r
c o n n e c t e d a s shown.
p r i m a r y . C u r r e n t in the c a b l e s t h a t p a s s
t h r o u g h the c o r e of the t r a n s d u c t o r c o n -
t r o l s the output of the t r a n s d u c t o r .
RE - RESISTOR
T h e c o r e s y m b o l is not n e c e s s a r i l y a d -
j a c e n t to the w i n d i n g s y m b o l .
RE5
I I
A r e s i s t o r r e s t r i c t s the flow of e l e c t r i c a l TRANSFORMER
c u r r e n t and c a u s e s a v o l t a g e d r o p a c r o s s
its t e r m i n a l s. It is u s e d to Obtain 'prbper
O ~ O
v a l u e s of c u r r e n t or v o l t a g e at a c i r c u i t Or '
device. O ~ O

RE5
T h e a d j u s t a b l e r e s i s t o r is e q u i p p e d w i t h
a s l i d e r t o v a r y the r e s i s t a n c e . It is
used to c a l i b r a t e circuits.
T h e p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y w i n d i n g s of a
t r a n s f o r m e r a r e not n e c e s s a r i l y shown
a d j a c e n t to one a n o t h e r on t h e p h y s i c a l
s c h e m a t i c d i a g r a m ; h o w e v e r , both p a r t s
a r e i d e n t i f i e d with an i d e n t i c a l r e f e r e n c e
designation.

RE5
TRANSFORMER - VARIABLE

. ,Off

All r e s i s t o r s a r e identified, by the l e t t e r

p r e f i x RE. .This p r e f i x is .followed b y a
n u m b e r to id.entify the 'specific r e s i s t o r or
g r o u p of r e s i s t o r s i n a s t a c k .
- 431 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

TRANSDUCTOR - V O L T A G E SENSITIVE Z - Z E N E R DIODE

T h i s diode will c o n d u c t in the n o r m a l

T h e t r a n s d u c t o r c o n t a i n s two t y p e s of
b l o c k i n g d i r e c t i o n if s u f f i c i e n t v o l t a g e is
w i n d i n g s on a g a p l e s s c o r e . The 4-1oop
a p p l i e d . When t h e Z e n e r diode c o n d u c t s
s y m b o l winding c a r r i e s a l t e r n a t i n g cur-
in the n o r m a l b l o c k i n g d i r e c t i o n it m a i n -
r e n t and is u s u a l l y c o n n e c t e d in s e r i e s
t a i n s a c o n s t a n t v o l t a g e d r o p a c r o s s the
with a t r a n s f o r m e r p r i m a r y . The pointed
diode. T h i s c h a r a c t e r i s t i c is u s e d t o p r o -
s y m b o l winding (not n e c e s s a r i l y a d j a c e n t
vide voltage r e f e r e n c e v a l u e s in c i r c u i t r y .
to the loop symbol) c a r r i e s d i r e c t c u r r e n t
t h a t c o n t r o l s the output of t h e t r a n s d u c t o r .

- 432 -
 E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS

LEGEND OF W I R E SIZES A N D I N S U L A T I O N

WIRE & CABLE

CABLE SIZE DIAMETER * T Y P E OF
SYMBOL PART NO.
A.W.G. or C.M. STRANDING OUTSIDE BARE INSULATION

I # 12 A.W.G. 19/.0179 .240 .095 R.H. & N. 8126650

II 14,800 C.M. 37/.0201 .305 .148 R.H. & N. 8126651
III 36,400 C.M. 91/.0201 .430 .232 R.H. & N. 8126652

IV 50,000 C.M. 125/.0201 .498 .300 R.H. & N. 8126653

VI 211,600 C.M. 2107/.010 .845 ! .640 NEOPRENE 8085150
VII 26,200 C.M. 133/.0141 .415 .212 A.V.A. 8075685
IX 130,000 C.M. 325/.0201 .725 .485 R.H. & N. 8126654
X # 14 A.W.G. 19/.0147 .192 .073 R.H. & N. 8121798
XI 444,400 C.M. 1100/.0201 1.205 .916 R.H. & N. 8126656
XIH 444,400 C.M. 1100/.0201 1.140 .916 S.R.G. & D. 8333126

XII 220,000 C.M. 550/.0201 .883 .654 R.H. & N. 8126655

XIV 313,900 C.M. 775/.0201 1.09 .761 R.H. & N. 8206581
XV # 14 A.W.G. 19/.0147 .160 .073 R.H. & N. 8236533
XVII # 12 A.W.G. 19/.0179 .180 .095 R.H. & N. 8238757
XX 535,000 C.M. 1325/.0201 1'.37 .970 R.H. & N. 8179320
14H # 14 A.W.G: 19/.0142 .150 .076 S.R.G. & D. 8278231
12H # 12 A.W.G. 19/.0179 .210 .095 S . R . G . & D. 8292312
16T # 16 A.W.G. 19/.0113 .090 .063 TEFLON 8269142
C2 # 16- 2 COND. 65/34 .410 .059 NEOPRENE 8077432
T2 # 16- 2 COND. 19/29 .390 .063 SILICONE 8337786
RUBBER
W2 # 1 4 - 2 COND. 41/.010 .530 RUBBER 8077433
J3 # 14 - 3 COND. 41/.010 .600 .082 NEOPRENE 8183415
T3 # 16 - 3 COND. 19/29 .063 SILICONE 8337787
RUBBER

* R.H. & N. - Heat R e s i s t a n t R u b b e r and N e o p r e n e

A.V.A. - A s b e s t o s , V a r n i s h e d C a m b r i c , & A s b e s t o s
S.R.G. & D. - Silicone R u b b e r , G l a s s , & D a c r o n

- 433 -
 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

P o w e r and No i n t e r c o n n e c t i n g p o w e r and c o n t r o l c a b l e s a r e f u r n i s h e d a s c a b l e r u n s r e q u i r e d
Control Cables to c o n n e c t p o w e r u n i t s with c o n t r o l c a b i n e t s and d r i v e m o t o r s v a r y w i t h e a c h r i g
installation. All cables required are available from Electro-Motive.

N u m b e r of C a b l e s R e q u i r e d

FROM TO 1100/24 91/24 37 #10

Cond. 3 Cond.
Cable Each Generator Motor Control
Requirements Control Cabinet Cabinet 4 - 1 -
Motor Control Driller's Control
Cabinet Cabinet -- ° 2 -

Motor Control Auxiliary Control

Cabinet Cabinet - - 1 °

Series Motor Drives

Motor Control Draw W o r k s (2)
Cabinet Motor Drive 4 ° - 2

Motor Control Rotary Table or

Cabinet C o r i n g R e e l (1)
Motor 4 - - 1

Motor Control Mud P u m p (2)

Cabinet Motor Drive 2 - - 1

Motor Control Mud P u m p o r

Cabinet C e m e n t P u m p (1)
Motor 1

Separately Excited Motor Drives

Motor Control Motor Generator
Cabinet Set 2 2 - 1
Motor Control Draw W o r k s (2)
Cabinet Motor Drive 2 4 - 2
Motor Control Rotary Table or
Cabinet C o r i n g R e e l (1)
Motor 2 2 - 1
Motor Control Mud P u m p (2)
Cabinet Motor Drive 2 2 - 2
Phase Voltage Max. Plug
Cable Size
Rig Power Each Generator Control Cabinet 3 440 Wired
Input Supply Direct to
Terminal
Board
Each Motor Control Cabinet 440 1-3/4"
120 3/4"
Each Motor or Generator Space Heater 120 3/4"
Control Wiring 37 C o n d u c t o r C o n t r o l Cable t o M o t o r
Control Cabinet 1-1/8"

- 434 -
 SECTION 5

RIGGING UP

I n f o r m a t i o n in this s e c t i o n applies to most the engine f r o m fuel l e a k a g e if this height

p h a s e s of the r i g g i n g - u p o p e r a t i o n . Con- is e x c e e d e d .
n e c t i o n s f o r air, fuel, exhaust, h e a t e x t r a c -
Two fuel piping c o n n e c t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d
tion, and p o w e r and c o n t r o l c a b l e s are
f o r e a c h engine. T h e s e a r e the fuel s u c t i o n
d e s c r i b e d . The d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e appli-
and r e t u r n lines. T h e fuel suction lines
c a b l e to m o s t d r i l l i n g r i g installations.
should be l o c a t e d in the fuel s u p p l y t a n k s o
H o w e v e r , i n s t a l l a t i o n b l u e p r i n t s should
the end of the line is a p p r o x i m a t e l y six
be c o n s u l t e d f o r any i n s t a l l a t i o n .
i n c h e s f r o m the b o t t o m of the tank. T h i s
will m i n i m i z e the p o s s i b i l i t y of d i r t and
EXTERNAL AIR CONNECTIONS
w a t e r e n t e r i n g the f u e l s upply to the engine.

C o m p r e s s e d a i r f o r engine s t a r t i n g is
S i n c e the fuel supply l i n e s w o r k on a p a r t i a l
r e q u i r e d at e a c h e n g i n e - g e n e r a t o r skid.
v a c u u m , all pipe joints m u s t be tight.
The a i r supply line to e a c h s t a r t e r motor
L e a k s in the supply lines will be i n d i c a t e d
is c o n n e c t e d at the r i g h t of the unit to a
b y bubbles in the r e t u r n fuel sight g l a s s .
1 - 1 / 2 " f e m a l e inlet connection, Fig. 2-5.
T h e r e t u r n fuel pipe f r o m the engine should
T h e s o u r c e of a i r can be c o m m o n to all
d i s c h a r g e into the fuel tank so as to p r o -
s k i d s , but air r e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t y should
vide c i r c u l a t i o n within the tank; it should
be a m i n i m u m of 24 cubic f e e t for an 8
not be l o c a t e d a d j a c e n t to the fuel s u c t i o n
c y l i n d e r engine and 34 cubic f e e t when
line,
applied to a 12 c y l i n d e r e n g i n e . These
r e c o m m e n d e d r e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t i e s should T h e s i z e of pipe r e q u i r e d f o r the fuel
be i n c r e a s e d 10 cubic f e e t for e a c h addi- s u c t i o n line will d e p e n d upon the d i s t a n c e
tional p o w e r unit, w h e t h e r the additional b e t w e e n the fuel tank and the engine. It is
e n g i n e s a r e of 8 o r 12 c y l i n d e r s . s u g g e s t e d that 1 inch pipe or t u b i n g b e u s e d
in n o r m a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s . U n d e r no c i r c u m -
EXTERNAL FUEL CONNECTIONS s t a n c e s should g a l v a n i z e d pipe, fittings, o r
t a n k s be used f o r s t o r a g e or supply.
A f u e l s u p p l y s u f f i c i e n t f o r at l e a s t a d a y ' s
The size of r e t u r n fuel pipe should be
o p e r a t i o n is r e c o m m e n d e d for e a c h engine
3 / 4 inch.
in an i n s t a l l a t i o n . An 8 c y l i n d e r engine can
be e x p e c t e d to u s e b e t w e e n 2 gallons (idle
DC POWER CONNECTIONS
s p e e d - no load) and 65 gallons (full speed
-full load) e a c h h o u r . A 12 cylinder
Two t y p e s of p o w e r c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e
e n g i n e will u s e b e t w e e n 3 and 96 gallons
used, the q u i c k - d i s c o n n e c t type, Fig. 5-1,
each hour.
and the c l a s p type, Fig. 5-2.

T h e fuel tank should be located as close to The quick d i s c o n n e c t c o n n e c t o r c o n s i s t s

the e n g i n e as p r a c t i c a l i t y p e r m i t s . The
engine fuel pump m a y be used to lift fuel,
p r o v i d i n g the lift is no m o r e t h a n 20 feet.
T h e head of fuel, that is, the height of the
fuel supply should be l i m i t e d t o a maxi-
m u m of 20 feet, as the r e l i e f v a l v e included
in the b a s i c fuel s y s t e m will not protect
of a c y l i n d r i c a l plug with snap r i n g . It is
u s u a l l y m o u n t e d on an e l e c t r i c a l cabinet.
T h e m a l e c o n t a c t p o r t i o n is s o l d e r e d to
the cable end a f t e r a r u b b e r boot is slid
o v e r the c a b l e end. T h e r u b b e r boot slips
o v e r the c o n n e c t i o n a f t e r the m a l e c o n t a c t
is i n s e r t e d into the c o n n e c t o r .

- 500 -
 RIGGING U P
9367
Fig. 5-1 -- Quick D i s c o n n e c t C o n n e c t i o n
7939
Fig. 5-2 -- Clasp T y p e Connection
The c l a s p t y p e c o n n e c t o r c o n s i s t s of two
m a c h i n e d b o s s ends t h a t a r e placed t o -
g e t h e r at an angle and f o r c e d t o g e t h e r to
m a k e a f i r m e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o n . Con-
s i d e r a b l e f o r c e is r e q u i r e d to c l a m p o r
s e p a r a t e t h e clasps, s o c a r e should be
t a k e n when m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . A s p e c i a l
tool t o f a c i l i t a t e cable mating, P a r t No.
8243341, Fig, 5-3; is a v a i l a b l e on o r d e r ,
o r two s t i l l s o n w r e n c h e s m a y b e u s e d .
Do not h a m m e r on the Clasps o r o t h e r w i s e
d a m a g e t h e m . When t h e c o n n e c t i o n is
c o v e r e d with special s y n t h e t i c r u b b e r h o s e
and held in p l a c e with c l a m p s , a w e a t h e r
tight c o n n e c t i o n is p r o v i d e d . In o r d e r to
r e d u c e f r i c t i o n when s l i d i n g the h o s e o v e r
AC Load
Each D79 Generator or D79 Motor
Blower Motor
. Each D79 Generator Field
Excitation (0.5 P.F.)
Each D79 Motor (Series)
Field Excitation
Each D79 Motor (Separately Excited)
Field Excitation
Rig Control Supply to Motor Control
Cabinet (Includes Cabinet
Space Heaters)
Each D79 Generator or D79 Motor
Space Heater
- 501
the c l a m p s , s i l i c o n compound, P a r t No.
8175218 or Vegitoil compound, P a r t No.
8207931 m a y be u s e d .
When m a k i n g up c a b l e it is a d v i s a b l e to
provide lengths suitable for anticipated
f u t u r e r e q u i r e m e n t s . A l l o w a n c e should be
m a d e f o r r e l o c a t i o n of e q u i p m e n t . Also,
enough s l a c k should be p r o v i d e d at the
i m m e d i a t e a r e a of the c o n t r o l c a b i n e t to
f a c i l i t a t e r e a r r a n g e m e n t of c o n n e c t i o n s
at the c a b i n e t .
It is s u g g e s t e d t h a t s o m e r e a d i l y a p p a r e n t
m e t h o d be e m p l o y e d to i d e n t i f y c a b l e s
l e a d i n g f r o m p o w e r units to the m o t o r
c o n t r o l cabinet. Skid b a s e s can b e p a i n t e d
with i d e n t i f y i n g c o l o r s and cable ends f r o m
t h a t skid t o u c h e d with the s a m e c o l o r . In
t h i s w a y c o n n e c t i o n s at the m o t o r c o n t r o l
c a b i n e t can be c h a n g e d s i m p l y and u s e of
the p o w e r units e q u a l i z e d .
NOTE: When p o w e r c a b l e - c o n n e c t i o n s a r e
i n t e r c h a n g e d at the m o t o r c o n t r o l
cabinet, a c o r r e s p o n d i n g 'change
m u s t be m a d e in the c o n t r o l c a b l e
connections, ~
AC POWER CONNECTIONS
' O p e r a t i o n of the SR-11E o r S R - 1 2 E p o w e r
units and the a s s o c i a t e d c o n t r o l c a b i n e t s
a r e d e p e n d e n t upon an o u t s i d e s o u r c e of
AC p o w e r . T h e p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e
as follows:
Phase Volts Amps. KW
440 11.0 6.4
440 10.0 7.5
Not Required
440 8.0 6.0
120 25 3.0
120 4.2 .5
-
 RIGGING U P
8472
Fig. 5-3 -- Cable C o n n e c t o r
Tool Application
T h e m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t r e q u i r e s power
input of 220 volts o r 440 volts 3 - p h a s e A C
and 120 volts 1 - p h a s e AC. If the installa-
tion c o n s i s t s of a p l a t f o r m and tender,
separate sources are necessarily required
f o r t h e p l a t f o r m c a b i n e t and t h e tender
c a b i n e t . C i r c u i t s a r e a r r a n g e d to prevent
p a r a l l e l i n g of two s o u r c e s of 120 volts
control current.
P o w e r input of 220 volts or 440 volts AC
is m a d e at the m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t . This
p o w e r is u s e d to d r i v e the m o t o r blowers
and to p r o v i d e e x c i t a t i o n when the installa-
tion is equipped with a m o t o r g e n e r a t o r .
P o w e r input of 220 volts or 440 volts AC
is a l s o m a d e at the g e n e r a t o r control
c a b i n e t . T h i s p o w e r is u s e d to d r i v e the
g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r s and to p r o v i d e g e n e r a -
tor excitation.
T h r e e point 120 volts input r e c e p t a c l e s
a r e l o c a t e d on the m o t o r c o n t r o l cabinets
f o r c o n t r o l power input. E a c h g e n e r a t o r
and m o t o r also c o n t a i n s a t h r e e point
120 v o l t s input r e c e p t a c l e c o n n e c t e d to a
strip heater.
T h e r e q u i r e d amount of one point r e c e p -
t a c l e s a r e p r o v i d e d on the m o t o r control
- 502
c a b i n e t to c o n n e c t the c o i l s of the s p r o c k e t
slip r e l a y s to t h e i r applicable m o t o r s .
CONTROL CABLE CONNECTIONS
C o n t r o l power supplied as 120 volts AC is
t r a n s f o r m e d and r e c t i f i e d to b e c o m e 74
volts DC to o p e r a t e e l e ~ c t r o - m a g n e t i e
s w i t c h g e a r . It is also t r a n s f o r m e d by the
variable transformers at the d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l s and r e c t i f i e d to p r o v i d e a v a r i a b l e
signal to the g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t s .
The control circuits are conneetedbetween
the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l cabinet, the m o t o r
c o n t r o l cabinet, and the g e n e r a t o r c o n t r o l
c a b i n e t s by 38 point c o n n e c t o r s and c a b l e s .
A b l o c k d i a g r a m of c a b l i n g f o r a s a m p l e
p l a t f o r m t e n d e r d r i l l i n g r i g i n s t a l l a t i o n is
shown in Fig. 5-4. Fig. 5-5 is a b l o c k
d i a g r a m f o r a p l a t f o r m , b a r g e mounted,
or land r i g i n s t a l l a t i o n . M o t o r c a b i n e t
c o n n e c t i o n points a r e shown on Fig. 5-6.
Cable i d e n t i f y i n g l e t t e r s and n u m b e r s
m a i n t a i n the s a m e r e l a t i o n s h i p on all units.
T h e s e r e l a t i o n s h i p s a r e as follows:
1. Control c a b l e s b e a r a single l e t t e r
designation.
a. X and Y c o n n e c t t h e d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l
cabinet with the m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b -
inet, w h e t h e r t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n uti-
l i z e s a t e n d e r o r m a i n t a i n s equip-
m e n t at one l o c a t i o n .
b. W c o n n e c t s the t e n d e r c o n t r o l c a b -
net with the t e n d e r m o t o r c o n t r o l
cabinet.
c. U and Z c o n n e c t the t e n d e r m o t o r
c o n t r o l c a b i n e t with the p l a t f o r m
motor control cabinet.
d. A, B, C, etc. c o n n e c t the p o w e r unit
with the m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t . In
the b a s i c or s t a n d a r d a r r a n g e m e n t ,
the A c o n t r o l c a b l e c o n n e c t s with
the No. 1 skid, the B c o n t r o l c a b l e
-
 RIGGING U P

Draw Works Motors Mud Pump Motors

Rotary Table
~n
Molor 0
Ir
Motors
n

>0
0 o
o " ~" ~ U U') u'3 U3 ut3
o

N
87
Platform 86 T end e r
° I Motor Control Cobinet 85
Motor Control Cabinet

84

Driller's
Control
J Power
Unit
No. 4
Po.elllro.erI lPo.er
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 2
! Unit
No. I

2 2 0 / 4 4 0 VolIAC 3 Phase
I Mud
Pump
120 VOlt AC Control
I Phase
120 Volt AC IPhase
1 I 536

Fig. 5-4 - - B l o c k Cabling D i a g r a m , P l a t f o r m T e n d e r I n s t a l l a t i o n

Draw Works Motors Mud Pump Motors

.._..__. Rotary Tobie
Motor

Motor Control Cabinet FN 04

o1~1ololol
HoI,[ 1-1.-I-I
xl I'Y, ~1"1 I"1-1

Power Paw e r Power

D r i l ler's Unit Unit Unit
Control No. 3 No. 2 No. I

I 1 535A
120 Volt AC 2 2 0 / 4 4 0 Volt AC :5 Phase
I Phase

Fig. 5-5 -- B l o c k Cabling D i a g r a m , P l a t f o r m , L a n d Rig or B a r g e Mounted I n s t a l l a t i o n

- 503 -
 RIGGING UP
Fig. 5-6 -- M o t o r Control Cabinet Cable C o n n e c t i o n s
with the No. 2 skid. T h a t is, the
n u m b e r d e s i g n a t i o n s shown on the
S E L E C T O R SWITCH o p e r a t i o n s e -
q u e n c e c h a r t r e l a t e to t h e l e t t e r e d
c a b l e s A, B, C, e t c . However, the
c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n s can be i n t e r -
c h a n g e d so that the skid connecting
with the A cable b e c o m e s the No. 2
skid and, the skid c o n n e c t i n g with
the B c a b l e b e c o m e s the No. 1 skid.
2. P o w e r c a b l e s c o n n e c t i n g t h e power unit
g e n e r a t o r with the m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b -
inet b e a r a l e t t e r d e s i g n a t i o n prefixed
by the n u m b e r 1, 2, 3, or 4. Number 1
- 504
14495
i d e n t i f i e s p o s i t i v e of the No. 1 g e n e r a -
t o r . N u m b e r 3 i d e n t i f i e s positive of the
No. 2 g e n e r a t o r . T h e l e t t e r suffix
b e a r s the s a m e r e l a t i o n s h i p of skid to
o p e r a t i o n s e q u e n c e e x p l a i n e d in s t e p
"d" above.
3. P o w e r c a b l e s c o n n e c t i n g the c o n t r o l
cabinet to d r i v e m o t o r s b e a r a two
digit i d e n t i f i c a t i o n as follows:
a. N u m b e r s in the 50 s e r i e s i d e n t i f y
p o w e r c a b l e s to mud pump m o t o r s .
b. N u m b e r s in the 60 s e r i e s identify
p o w e r c a b l e s to the r o t a r y table.
-
 RIGGING U P .
c. N u m b e r s in the 70 s e r i e s identify
c a b l e s to the d r a w w o r k s m o t o r s .
. Power cables connecting a tender
m o t o r c o n t r o l cabinet with a p l a t f o r m
m o t o r c o n t r o l cabinet or c a b l e s c o n -
n e c t i n g s u p p l e m e n t a r y e q u i p m e n t such
as a mud m i x e r or m o t o r - g e n e r a t o r
s e t will c a r r y identification in the 80
s e r i e s o r higher.
EXHAUST PIPING
On s o m e installations it m a y b e n e c e s s a r y
to d i r e c t engine exhaust t h r o u g h e x t e n s i v e
pipework. When installing e x h a u s t pipe-
work, c o n s i d e r a t i o n should be given to the
following d a t a .
8 Cylinder 12 C y l i n d e r
Engine Engine
Exhaust Volume
i@ 900 R P M - 2 " o f
8380 c f m 12,650 c f m
m e r c u r y back
pressure
The n o r m a l b a c k p r e s s u r e at the flange
of t h e e x h a u s t manifold is 15 inches of
w a t e r . The m a x i m u m allowable b a c k p r e s -
s u r e f o r p r o p e r engine o p e r a t i o n i s 21
i n c h e s of w a t e r . The e x h a u s t s y s t e m
should be d e s i g n e d to obtain b a c k p r e s s u r e
below the m a x i m u m . T h e e x h a u s t s y s t e m
m u s t include a flexible c o n n e c t i o n at the
engine d i s c h a r g e if the gas is piped away.
T h e m u f f l e r , if used, should be l o c a t e d as
c l o s e to the engine e x h a u s t as p r a c t i c a l .
Data r e g a r d i n g exhaust piping will be
supplied upon r e q u e s t from Electro-
Motive Division, G e n e r a l M o t o r s C o r p -
oration, L a Grange, Illinois.
HEAT EXTRACTION
UNIT EQUIPPED WITH
HEAT EXCHANGERS
P o w e r units b e a r i n g the stfffix l e t t e r W in
t h e i r m o d e l n u m b e r (SR-11EW, SR-12EW)
- 505 -
r e q u i r e a supply of r a w w a t e r to cool the
engine cooling w a t e r . T h e r a w w a t e r is
piped to a heat e x c h a n g e r (two e x c h a n g e r s
on m o d e l SR-12EW) l o c a t e d at the a c c e s -
s o r y end of the p o w e r unit. T h e r a w w a t e r
supply m u s t be a d e q u a t e and m u s t m e e t
c e r t a i n s t a n d a r d s in o r d e r to m a i n t a i n
p r o p e r engine o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e and
avoid engine o v e r h e a t i n g . T h e m a x i m u m
p e r m i s s i b l e r a w w a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e at the
inlet to the h e a t e x c h a n g e r is 110 ° F. on
SR-11E units and 100 ° F . o n S R - 1 2 E units.
It is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t a s c r e e n w i r e
s t r a i n e r be i n s t a l l e d at the r a w w a t e r
inlet.
T h e r e q u i r e d r a t e of flow of r a w w a t e r at
given t e m p e r a t u r e s is as follows:
Raw W a t e r Rate Of
Temperature Degrees Flow In Gallons
P e r Minute
F a h r e n h e i t Max.
8-645EI 12-645EI
110 175 200
i00 145 170
90 125 150
The above values should be considered as
minimum flow requirements. A 15 to 20
percent increase in the flow values is
desirable, but do not exceed 300 gpm as
the high velocity will erode the heat
exchanger tubes.
UNITS EQUIPPED WITH AIR
COOLED RADIATORS
When a supply of r a w w a t e r is not available
o r p r a c t i c a l , the p o w e r units a r e equipped
with a r a d i a t o r c o o l i n g s y s t e m . T h e r a -
d i a t o r is d e s i g n e d f o r o u t d o o r installation,
c o n s e q u e n t l y the a i r cooled p o w e r units
should not be placed in an e n c l o s u r e w h e r e
a i r flow is r e s t r i c t e d .
T h e r a d i a t o r is m o u n t e d v e r t i c a l l y at the
a c c e s s o r y end of the e n g i n e . An engine
 RIGGING U P
d r i v e n c o o l i n g fan, c o u p l e d at the s h ~ t
that d r i v e s the m a i n and piston c o o l i n g o i l
pump, f o r c e s air h o r i z o n t a l l y through the
r a d i a t o r . The a i r c o o l e d p o w e r units r e -
q u i r e no e x t e r n a l pipes or d u c t s . However,
w a t e r t r e a t m e n t p r e c a u t i o n s l i s t e d in the
engine m a i n t e n a n c e m a n u a l s h o u l d be ob-
s e r v e d , and a n t i - f r e e z e m u s t b e used if
the p o s s i b i l i t y of f r e e z i n g w e a t h e r exists.
MOTOR AND GENERATOR COOLING
If c o o l i n g a i r is to be s u p p l i e d to the gen-
e r a t o r s o r d r i v e m o t o r s by m e a n s other
than AC m o t o r d r i v e n b l o w e r s mounted on
top of them, the a i r s u p p l y m u s t be of the
s a m e v o l u m e as p r o d u c e d by t h e 7.5 H P
b l o w e r m o t o r . T h e b a s i c b l o w e r s mounted
on top of the g e n e r a t o r s and d r i v e m o t o r s
s u p p l y 2600 c f m of c o o l i n g a i r at 7.2" of
w a t e r m e a s u r e d at the b o t t o m b r u s h in-
s p e c t i o n c o v e r . I n a d e q u a t e cooling will
r e s u l t in s h o r t e n e d s e r v i c e l i f e of the
equipment.
EQUIPMENT STORAGE
If d r i l l i n g r i g p o w e r e q u i p m e n t is to b e
t a k e n out of s e r v i c e and s t o r e d , it is n e c -
e s s a r y to take p r e c a u t i o n s t o prevent
d e t e r i o r a t i o n . A l i s t of the r e c o m m e n d e d
p r o c e d u r e s and m a t e r i a l s r e q u i r e d f o r
s t o r a g e a p p e a r s in M a i n t e n a n c e I n s t r u c -
tion 1726.
- 506 -
In g e n e r a l , the s t o r a g e p r o c e d u r e c o n s i s t s
of d r a i n i n g and f l u s h i n g the v a r i o u s engine
s y s t e m s with r e c o m m e n d e d m a t e r i a l s and
then s e a l i n g all o p e n i n g s . All e x p o s e d
m e t a l s u r f a c e s have to be c o v e r e d , and
m o i s t u r e a b s o r b e n t m a t e r i a l s should be
p l a c e d inside of the c l o s e d c a v i t i e s within
the engine and f i l t e r h o u s i n g s .
All e l e c t r i c a l c a b i n e t s and outlet c o n n e c -
t i o n s r e q u i r e m o i s t u r e p r o t e c t i o n and
should be s e a l e d . D r i v e m o t o r s and gen-
e r a t o r b r u s h e s should be r e m o v e d d u r i n g
storage. Moisture protective material
should be u s e d and all openings s e a l e d .
If AC p o w e r will b e a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g
s t o r a g e , the g e n e r a t o r and m o t o r openings
should be s e a l e d and the s t r i p h e a t e r s in
continuous operation.
If e q u i p m e n t is to b e t a k e n out of s e r v i c e
d u r i n g w a r m w e a t h e r and s t o r e d t h r o u g h
a cold s e a s o n w h e r e f r e e z i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s
a r e e n c o u n t e r e d , w a t e r t r a p p e d in the
l o w e r p o r t i o n of the c y l i n d e r l i n e r s will
f r e e z e and m a y c a u s e d a m a g e to the
r u b b e r O - r i n g s at the w a t e r inlet flange
of the l i n e r s . To p r e c l u d e this p o s s i -
bility, the c o o l i n g s y s t e m m a y be c h a r g e d
with a n t i - f r e e z e b e f o r e b e i n g d r a i n e d , the
e n t i r e unit m a y be h o i s t e d and t u r n e d to
r e m o v e t r a p p e d w a t e r , or the w a t e r inlet
c o n n e c t i o n s at e a c h l i n e r m a y be opened
and the w a t e r s i p h o n e d out.
 SECTION 6
OPERATION
S u c c e s s f u l d r i l l i n g r i g o p e r a t i o n depends
not only on the p r o f i c i e n c y of the drilling
c r e w but also on r e g u l a r e q u i p m e n t in-
s p e c t i o n s and p r o p e r s e r v i c i n g . Before
c o m m e n c i n g a " t o u r " of duty, it is r e c o m -
m e n d e d that the d r i l l i n g c r e w inspect
e q u i p m e n t c o m p o n e n t s as outlined below.
Such i n s p e c t i o n , c a r e f u l l y made, will p r e -
vent u n n e c e s s a r y p r o b l e m s and loss of
valuable drilling time.
HECHANICAL INSPECTION
(Engine Stopped)
1. C h e c k fuel supply. Should be adequate
for drilling operation.
2. C h e c k s t a r t i n g air supply. Should be
150 psi.
3. C h e c k fuel, lube oil, w a t e r , and air
p~ping for l e a k s . Make s u r e n e c e s s a r y
v a l v e s a r e open for c i r c u l a t i o n .
4. C h e c k engine cooling w a t e r supply.
Should be at c o r r e c t l e v e l in t a n k s i g h t
glass.
5. C h e c k lube oil level in:
a. Engine oil pan u s i n g d i p s t i c k .
b. P o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n g e a r c a s e .
c. E n g i n e g o v e r n o r sight g l a s s .
d. Engine air intake f i l t e r (oil bath
type}.
6. C h e c k to s e e that engine o v e r s p e e d t r i p
l e v e r (front top of engine) is in " s e t "
position f a c i n g right side of engine.
7. Make s u r e low oil p r e s s u r e button on
g o v e r n o r is pushed in to r e s e t position.
8. See that fuel cutoff valve push rod has
valve open.
- 6 0 0
9. If engine has b e e n down for a long
period, open c y l i n d e r t e s t c o c k s and
b a r the engine o v e r to r e m o v e p o s s i b l e
water accumulation.
ELECTRICAL INSPECTION
1. C h e c k all e l e c t r i c a l c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n s
f o r t i g h t n e s s at.
a. G e n e r a t o r c a b i n e t s .
b. Motor c o n t r o l c a b i n e t ( s ) .
c. D r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l c a b i n e t (and mud
pump c o n t r o l cabinet, if provided).
d. D r i v e m o t o r s .
e. B l o w e r m o t o r s .
2. See that p r o t e c t i v e r u b b e r c o v e r s a r e
in place o v e r all c o n n e c t o r s .
3. I n s p e c t r o t a t i n g e q u i p m e n t to m a k e
s u r e no p h y s i c a l r e s t r i c t i o n s a r e p r e -
s e n t that would p r e v e n t n o r m a l o p e r a -
tion.
4. Install f u s e s in g e n e r a t o r and m o t o r
control cabinets.
5. All c o n t r o l s on the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l
and mud pump c o n t r o l cabinet should
be in the O F F position.
STARTING THE DIESEL ENGINE
A f t e r c o m p l e t i n g the p r e c e d i n g i n s p e c t i o n s
and with all c o n d i t i o n s s a t i s f a c t o r y , the
e n g i n e s m a y be s t a r t e d as follows:
1. O p e r a t e the fuel p r i m i n g pump until
fuel is c i r c u l a t e d t h r o u g h the engine
and is visible in the r e t u r n fuel sight
glass mounted on the f i l t e r at the f r o n t
end of engine.
2. P l a c e isolation s w i t c h in START posi-
tion.
-
 OPERATION
3. T u r n handle to open a i r s t a r t i n g valve
and, at the s a m e t i m e , pull engine l a y -
s h a f t l e v e r to f a c i l i t a t e s t a r t i n g .
4. When engine s t a r t s , t u r n off a i r valve
a n d r e l e a s e layshaft l e v e r .
NOTE: If engine fails to s t a r t a f t e r a p p r o x -
i m a t e l y 15 s e c o n d s of rotation,
c l o s e a i r v a l v e and c h e c k f o r
p o s s i b l e difficulties as listed in
S e c t i o n 7 of this m a n u a l .
5. Allow e n g i n e to idle until w a t e r t e m -
p e r a t u r e r e a c h e s 120 ° F . b e f o r e w o r k -
ing the p o w e r plant.
INSPECTION AFTER STARTING ENGINE
1. Open engine air box d r a i n v a l v e s on
both s i d e s at r e a r of engine. Allow to
d r a i n d u r i n g inspection. Close t h e m
b e f o r e w o r k i n g p o w e r plant.
2. O b s e r v e fuel r e t u r n sight g l a s s . Should
be full of fuel that i s c l e a r and f r e e of
bubbles.
3. No a l a r m indicating lights should be
burning.
4. O b s e r v e f o r fuel, w a t e r , a i r o r lube
oil l e a k a g e .
5. Be a w a r e of any u n u s u a l sounds o r
n o i s e s . On SR-11E units c l a t t e r and
t h u m p i n g m a y come f r o m the g e n e r a t o r
d r i v e t r a n s m i s s i o n if engine idle speed
is not p r o p e r (300 R P M ) .
6. Make s u r e both g e n e r a t o r b l o w e r s a r e
operating.
PLACING ENGINE oN THE LINE
A f t e r c o m p l e t i n g i n s p e c t i o n s and with
engine t e m p e r a t u r e up t o at l e a s t 120 ° F.,
the unit can be placed on the line. This is
done by m o v i n g the i s o l a t i o n switch f r o m
S T A R T t o RUN position. T h e engine of
this p o w e r unit can now b e r e m o t e l y c o n -
t r o l l e d f r o m the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l panel.
- 601
SELECTING OPERATING
ARRANGEMENT
When all power units a r e r u n n i n g and
p l a c e d on the line, t h e d r i l l e r can s e l e c t
t h e d e s i r e d m o d e of o p e r a t i o n by m e a n s
of the s e l e c t o r s w i t c h l o c a t e d on the
d r i l l e r ' s control cabinet.
On a d r i l l i n g r i g i n s t a l l a t i o n equipped with
t h r e e p o w e r units t h e r e a r e six g e n e r a t o r s
a v a i l a b l e f o r p o w e r . T h e p o w e r unit d e s -
i g n a t e d No. 1 would h a v e g e n e r a t o r s i d e n -
t i f i e d as 1G1 and 1G2. I d e n t i f i c a t i o n s of
g e n e r a t o r s on the No. 2 unit a r e p r e f i x e d
w i t h the n u m b e r 2, and the t h i r d unit with
No. 3. Fig. 3-5 i l l u s t r a t e s S E L E C T O R
s w i t c h positions and d r i l l i n g f u n c t i o n s f o r
a sample installation.
F o r full t o r q u e , half h o r s e p o w e r , a s i n g l e
g e n e r a t o r is used to p o w e r a d r i v e m o t o r .
When full torque, full h o r s e p o w e r is d e -
s i r e d , two g e n e r a t o r s a r e c o n n e c t e d in
s e r i e s to power the m o t o r s . The r o t a r y
t a b l e is p o w e r e d b X only one g e n e r a t o r ,
thus no m a t t e r what S E L E C T O R s w i t c h
p o s i t i o n i s chosen, the s a m e amount of
p o w e r is available to the t a b l e m o t o r .
H o w e v e r , the g e n e r a t o r e x c i t a t i o n c i r c u i t s
m a y c o n t a i n d e v i c e s to l i m i t t o r q u e in
a c c o r d with the t y p e of d r i l l i n g pipe u s e d .
A t o r q u e l i m i t s w i t c h m a y be p r o v i d e d at
the motor control cabinet.
In n o r m a l d r i l l i n g o p e r a t i o n s , the s e l e c t o r
s w i t c h position should be c h o s e n to give
full h o r s e p o w e r to the mud pump and r e -
d u c e d power to the d r a w w o r k s . When
m a k i n g a " t r i p , " full h o r s e p o w e r is n e e d e d
on the d r a w w o r k s w i t h r e d u c e d p o w e r at
the m u d pump. In s u c h i n s t a n c e s , the
s e l e c t o r s w i t c h would be p o s i t i o n e d to
obtain the r e q u i r e d c i r c u i t a r r a n g e m e n t .
S e l e c t o r s w i t c h p o s i t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e to
m e e t v a r i o u s o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s o r allow
f o r shutdown of one p o w e r unit on i n s t a l l a -
tions w h e r e t h r e e p o w e r units a r e p r o -
vided. T h e b l u e p r i n t s f u r n i s h e d with e a c h
-
 OPERATION
o r d e r should be c o n s u l t e d for d e t a i l s of
specific operating arrangements.
DRAW WORKS AND TABLE CONTROLS
Once the s e l e c t o r switch has b e e n set for
d e s i r e d o p e r a t i o n , individual c o n t r o l s are
u s e d f o r v a r y i n g the p o w e r for t h e motors
in o p e r a t i o n . As shown in Fig. 3 - 2 , sep-
a r a t e c o n t r o l handwheels a r e u s e d for the
d r a w w o r k s and r o t a r y t a b l e . T h i s a r -
r a n g e m e n t is u s e d w h e r e a s e p a r a t e motor
d r i v e is u s e d f o r the t a b l e . On rigs
e q u i p p e d with a t a b l e d r i v e n f r o m the draw
w o r k s , o n l y one c o n t r o l h a n d w h e e l is used,
with c h a n g e o v e r a c c o m p l i s h e d b y the draw
works clutches.
The d r a w w o r k s and t a b l e c o n t r o l s on the
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l c a b i n e t a r e designed to
o p e r a t e s i m i l a r to t h o s e used on s t e a m
p o w e r e d r i g s . In the O F F position, the
h a n d w h e e l can be pushed IN t o w a r d s the
c a b i n e t f o r " F o r w a r d " o p e r a t i o n o r pulled
OUT f o r " R e v e r s e " o p e r a t i o n . O n c e placed
in the p r o p e r d i r e c t i o n a l position, the
h a n d w h e e l can be t u r n e d c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e
to i n c r e a s e p o w e r to the m o t o r s con-
c e r n e d . T u r n i n g the w h e e l c l o c k w i s e r e -
duces power. Control rotation can thusbe
c o m p a r e d to opening and c l o s i n g a steam
v a l v e ; left to i n c r e a s e , right to d e c r e a s e .
U s i n g the d r a w w o r k s c o n t r o l a s an e x -
a m p l e , to go f r o m " F o r w a r d " to " R e v e r s e "
t u r n the handwheel c l o c k w i s e t o the OFF
p o s i t i o n . It m a y b e m o v e d b e y o n d the OFF
p o s i t i o n if i n e r t i a b r a k e equipment is
i n s t a l l e d . A f t e r a slight pause in the OFF
p o s i t i o n t o allow d r a w w o r k s to stop, the
c o n t r o l w h e e l is pulled out t h e n turned
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e f o r i n c r e a s e in r e v e r s e
p o w e r . Going f r o m r e v e r s e to f o r w a r d is
j u s t the o p p o s i t e : namely, t u r n wheel
c l o c l ~ v i s e to O F F , pause, push handwheel
IN, t u r n c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e f o r power in
f o r w a r d d i r e c t i o n . With p r a c t i c e , the
d r i l l e r will be able to o p e r a t e t h e s e con-
t r o l s s m o o t h l y and e f f e c t i v e l y .
- 602 -
When a foot c o n t r o l , Fig. 3-7, is u s e d in
c o n j u n c t i o n with the d r a w w o r k s , it should
not be used or left a d v a n c e d if the hand
c o n t r o l l e r is in " R e v e r s e . " T h e foot c o n -
t r o l d o e s not o v e r r i d e the hand c o n t r o l ,
but s u p p l e m e n t s it; thus to avoid c o n f u s i o n
only one c o n t r o l should b e u s e d at a t i m e .
T h e foot c o n t r o l h a s the a d v a n t a g e of
allowing f r e e u s e of b o t h hands f o r the
d r u m b r a k e s and d r a w w o r k s c l u t c h e s when
making a "trip."
MUD PUMP CONTROLS
T w o knob type c o n t r o l s a r e m o u n t e d o n t h e
d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l c a b i n e t as shown in Fig.
3-2, f o r c o n t r o l of the mud p u m p s . F r o m
the O F F position, e a c h can b e t u r n e d
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to i n c r e a s e mud pump
p o w e r and c l o c k w i s e to d e c r e a s e p o w e r .
It should be r e m e m b e r e d in u s i n g t h e s e
c o n t r o l s , that t h e y a r e e f f e c t i v e only in
c e r t a i n s e l e c t o r s w i t c h p o s i t i o n . The
s w i t c h position d e t e r m i n e s which one of
the two pumps will b e o p e r a t i n g , o r in
s o m e positions, b o t h m a y b e o p e r a t i n g .
T h e p r o p e r mud p u m p c o n t r o l should
t h e r e f o r e be u s e d as d e t e r m i n e d b y s e l e c -
t o r s w i t c h position.
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
The engine s p e e d c o n t r o l s w i t c h m o u n t e d
on the d r i l l e r ' s c o n t r o l cabinet, Fig. 3-2,
is u s e d to c o n t r o l engine s p e e d and p o w e r .
It has t h r e e positions: n a m e l y , LOW (475
RPM), MEDIUM (730 RPM), and HIGH
(900 R P M ) . The p r o p e r p o s i t i o n s h o u l d b e
c h o s e n to m e e t the p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
the s p e c i f i c d r i l l i n g o p e r a t i o n .
The e n g i n e s will be idling as long as the
s e l e c t o r s w i t c h is in the O F F p o s i t i o n .
When the s e l e c t o r s w i t c h is m o v e d to one
of the o p e r a t i n g p o s i t i o n s , the e n g i n e s will
r e s p o n d . See the Engine S p e e d Chart,
Fig. 3-5.
 OPERATION

SPIN OUT BUTTON STOPPING DIESEL ENGINE

T h e spin out button is c o n v e n i e n t l y l o c a t e d

T h e d i e s e l engines m a y be stopped u s i n g
on the d r i l l e r ' s control c a b i n e t next t o t h e
one of the following m e t h o d s :
table c o n t r o l . T h i s button is u s e d i n s t e a d of
the table c o n t r o l handwheel when " b r e a k i n g
. F o r n o r m a l shutdown of an individual
out" pipe. It o p e r a t e s t h e table in t h e f o r -
engine, place the ISOLATION SWITCH
w a r d d i r e c t i o n at a p r e d e t e r m i n e d slow
on the engine c o n t r o l panel in the
r a t e of s p e e d . T h e t a b l e c o n t r o l handwheel
S T O P position.
should be p l a c e d in the O F F position when
u s i n g the spin out button.
2. F o r an e m e r g e n c y stop of an individual
engine, push the l a y s h a f t l e v e r in as
POWER SHUTDOWN BUTTON
f a r as it will go and hold it t h e r e until
In an e m e r g e n c y , all d r i v i n g m o t o r s can the engine stops,
be stopped by p r e s s i n g t h e power shutdown
button. T h e engines, h o w e v e r , will c o n - 3. F o r an e m e r g e n c y stop shut off the
II

tinue to r u n . All c o n t r o l s m u s t be placed supply of fuel by pulling the handle to

in the m i n i m u m or O F F position b e f o r e fuel shutoff valve. A pull r i n g or rod
o p e r a t i o n can b e r e s u m e d . is l o c a t e d on the a c c e s s o r y r a c k .

BLOWER STOP BUTTON . F o r an e m e r g e n c y stop pull out low

oil shutdown button on g o v e r n o r until
The AC m o t o r driven b l o w e r s on the gen-
r e d band shows.
e r a t o r s and d r i v e m o t o r s will all be r u n -
ning d u r i n g d r i l l i n g o p e r a t i o n s . T h e y can
all be stopped by p r e s s i n g the b l o w e r stop
CEMENTING PUMP OPERATION
button. T h e y would all r e m a i n stopped if
the c o n t r o l s w e r e placed in the m i n i m u m
T h e c e m e n t i n g pump c o n t r o l h a n d w h e e l s
OFF p o s i t i o n : T h e b l o w e r s will, h o w e v e r ,
a r e o p e r a t e d in a m a n n e r s i m i l a r to the
s t a r t up if the equipment on which t h e y a r e
d r a w w o r k s and table c o n t r o l h a n d w h e e l s ,
m o u n t e d is p l a c e d in o p e r a t i o n .
but no r e v e r s i n g s w i t c h e s a r e p r o v i d e d .
WARNING LIGHTS T u r n i n g the w h e e l c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e in-
c r e a s e s power, c l o c k w i s e r e d u c e s p o w e r .
To a l e r t the d r i l l e r to a b n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
conditions, w a r n i n g lights a r e i n s t a l l e d on
his c o n t r o l cabinet. T h e s e a r e : b l o w e r O b s e r v e caution in s e t t i n g the s p e e d of the
f a i l u r e , engine overload, low lube oil, and d i e s e l engine d u r i n g c e m e n t i n g pump o p e r -
s u r g e light. If any are lit, d r i l l i n g o p e r a - ation. T h e engine s p e e d should not be
tion should c e a s e until c a u s e is i n v e s t i - above MEDIUM when m o t o r r o t a t i n g s p e e d
gated and c o r r e c t e d . is l e s s than 500 R P M .

- 603 -
 SECTION 7
TROUBLE SHOOTING
INTRODUCTION
T h i s s e c t i o n p r o v i d e s a c h e c k list calling
the d r i l l e r ' s attention to t r o u b l e s t h a t are
m o s t l i k e l y to o c c u r and which can be
quickly r e m e d i e d . No a t t e m p t is m a d e to
explain g e n e r a l o p e r a t i o n and functions of
e q u i p m e n t , as such i n f o r m a t i o n is provided
in o t h e r s e c t i o n s of this m a n u a l .
S a f e t y d e v i c e s a u t o m a t i c a l l y p r o t e c t the
e q u i p m e n t in c a s e of f a u l t y operation.
In g e n e r a l t h i s p r o t e c t i o n is obtained by
r e m o v i n g e x c i t a t i o n f r o m the g e n e r a t o r
i n v o l v e d . However, u n d e r c e r t a i n c i r c u m -
s t a n c e s the engine is shut down o r r e -
s t r i c t e d to idle s p e e d . In e a c h i n s t a n c e of
a l a r m , the o p e r a t o r should d e t e r m i n e the
n a t u r e and t a k e r e m e d i a l s t e p s .
Audible a l a r m s sound when a s a f e t y device
is a c t u a t e d , and i n d i c a t i n g lights on the
engine c o n t r o l panel and d r i l l e r ' s control
panel i d e n t i f y the t r o u b l e .
ALARM INDICATIONS
1. LOW OIL LIGHT ON
When the oil p r e s s u r e d e t e c t i n g m e -
c h a n i s m in the engine g o v e r n o r trips,
the p l u n g e r p r o t r u d e s f r o m t h e gov-
e r n o r body. M o v e m e n t of this plunger
t r i p s the low oil s w i t c h . The LOWOIL
light on the engine c o n t r o l panel and
the LUBE OIL light on the d r i l l e r ' s
c o n t r o l panel c o m e on. The affected
e n g i n e shuts down and audible a l a r m s
sound. (If the shutdown option is not
p r o v i d e d only a l a r m s o c c u r . ) Take
c o r r e c t i v e action as follows:
a. Return all power controls to the
OFF position.
- 700
b. At the a f f e c t e d unit place the ISOLA-
TION SWITCH in OFF position. To
s i l e n c e all a l a r m s the plunger o n t h e
g o v e r n o r m a y be p r e s s e d in a f t e r
the engine s t o p s . On SR-12E units
the a l a r m m a y be d e - e n e r g i z e d by
p r e s s i n g the a l a r m s i l e n c e p u s h -
button on the engine c o n t r o l panel.
c. If the unit is equipped with g e n e r a t o r
s h o r t i n g c o n t a c t o r s , t h e y will auto-
m a t i c a l l y pick up when the ISOLA-
TION SWITCH is placed in O F F
position. D r i l l i n g o p e r a t i o n s m a y
t h e n r e s u m e in any S E L E C T O R
switch position. If s h o r t i n g c o n t a e -
t o t s a r e not provided, d r i l l i n g m a y
r e s u m e in any S E L E C T O R switch
position not involving the shut down
unit. H o w e v e r , m a n u a l g e n e r a t o r
s h o r t i n g m a y be e m p l o y e d if n e c -
essary.
d. C h e c k engine l u b r i c a t i n g oil level
on engine oil pan dipstick: it m u s t
be b e t w e e n LOW and F U L L at idle,
o r at o r n e a r F U L L when stopped.
e. Check f o r b r o k e n or c r a c k e d e x -
t e r n a l oil lines, also c h e c k f o r l e a k -
ing g a s k e t s o r l o o s e oil s t r a i n e r
covers.
f. C h e c k that lube oil is not diluted
with fuel oil, and that t e m p e r a t u r e
is not e x c e s s i v e .
g. If the c h e c k s r e v e a l no a b n o r m a l
conditions, m a k e c e r t a i n that the
low oil p l u n g e r is p r e s s e d in, and
s t a r t the e n g i n e . It will r u n f o r 40
s e c o n d s at idle s p e e d r e g a r d l e s s of
oil p r e s s u r e . If oil p r e s s u r e r e -
m a i n s low the engine will shut down
a f t e r 40 s e c o n d s o r if an a t t e m p t is
m a d e to run the engine above idle
b e f o r e the d e l a y p e r i o d l a p s e s .
-
 TROUBLE SHOOTING
h. If oil p r e s s u r e s e e m s n o r m a l (be-
t w e e n 16 and 25 psi), the difficulty
is m o s t likely being c a u s e d by
clogged suction s t r a i n e r s . T h i s in-
d i c a t e s that t h e f i l t e r s a r e also
d i r t y and are b y p a s s i n g oil. The
engine m u s t be s h u t down b e f o r e any
a t t e m p t is made to r e m o v e s t r a i n e r s
f o r c l e a n i n g or to r e p l a c e f i l t e r s .
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPTTO OPER-
ATE AN ENGINE IF THE LOW
OIL DEVICE TRIPS REPEAT-
EDLY.
2. HOT ENGINE LIGHT
The hot engine light on the engine
control panel comes on when water
temperature at the engine outlet is
excessive. This condition does not
reduce engine load or speed, and the
signal will not stop until temperature
returns to normal or the alarm si-
lence pushbutton on SR12E units is
pressed.
NOTE: The alarm silence relay overrides
the audible alarm system. If it is
energized in the event of a hot
engine alarm and operation con-
tinues, a subsequent low oil alarm
may go unnoticed. The ALARM-
OFF button should not be used
unless remedial action is being
taken.
In the e v e n t of a hot engine a l a r m ,
p r o c e e d as follows:
a. P l a c e ISOLATION SWITCH in O F F
position. This will r e m o v e load and
r e s t r i c t the engine to idle s p e e d .
b. C h e c k the engine c o o l i n g w a t e r t a n k
f o r c o r r e c t level. If t h e r e is s u f f i -
c i e n t w a t e r in the s y s t e m , allow the
engine to run at idle s p e e d until
w a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s to a n o r -
mal level.
- 701
c. If the piping on the engine side of the
t h e r m o s t a t i c v a l v e is n o t i c e a b l y
h o t t e r than the w a t e r on the h e a t
e x c h a n g e r o r r a d i a t o r s i d e (not the
bypass) of the valve, the e l e m e n t s
of valve m a y be d e f e c t i v e .
The valve p r o v i d e d on the SR-12E
units is equipped with an o v e r r i d e
m e c h a n i s m . T h e valve handle m a y
be t u r n e d to o v e r r i d e the d e f e c t i v e
t h e r m o s t a t i c e l e m e n t . On the SR-
l l E unit, it is n e c e s s a r y to r e p l a c e
d e f e c t i v e e l e m e n t s . See M a i n t e -
n a n c e I n s t r u c t i o n 581 o r 561.
d. On units equipped with w a t e r c o o l e d
h e a t e x c h a n g e r s , c h e c k that r a w
w a t e r flow is s u f f i c i e n t .
. BLOWER FAILURE LIGHT
The BLOWER FAILURE light on the
engine control panel comes on in the
event of generator or blower overload,
or upon loss of blower AC power. An
alarm sounds in conjunction with the
BLOWER FAILURE light. Ifthesignal
is caused by failure of a motor blower,
power to the drive motors is not in-
terrupted. However, if a generator
blower fails, excitation is removed
from the generator.
When a blower failure alarm occurs
and power is lost or reduced at one
location, a generator blower has failed.
Proceed as follows:
a. If drilling operations are at acriti-
cal stage, immediately turn all
power control to the OFF position
and, if possiMe, changeSELECTOR
switch position to cut out one power
unit.
b. Re-advance the power control where
power was lost. If power is re-
gained, the failed generator has been
cut out. If full power is not re-
gained, turn off the power control
-
 TROUBLE SHOOTING

and a g a i n c h a n g e SE L E C T O R s w i t c h b. If e n g i n e s a r e r u n n i n g at low s p e e d ,
p o s i t i o n . W h e n p o w e r is r e g a i n e d , a d v a n c e t h e e n g i n e s p e e d s w i t c h and
t h e f a i l e d g e n e r a t o r i s in the c u t out resume operation.
p o w e r unit. D r i l l i n g o p e r a t i o n s m a y
C. If the light c o m e s on r e p e a t e d l y w i t h
resume.
a known r e l a t i v e l y light load, c h e c k
t h e engine f u e l b y p a s s s i g h t g l a s s ,
C. At the m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t , p r e s s
(3) F i g . 2 - 4 , to d e t e r m i n e if f u e l
t h e t r i p p e d o v e r l o a d r e s e t button,
filters are clogged. Clogged filters
F i g . 3 - 9 . If t h e o v e r l o a d r e l a y t r i p s
do not r e s u l t in a t r u e o v e r l o a d , b u t
again, e l e c t r i c a l p r o b l e m s at the
the f i l t e r s should be r e n e w e d .
blower motor must be corrected.

5. S U R G E L I G H T
When a blower failure alarm occurs
and no p o w e r is l o s t , t h e b l o w e r fail- T h i s light c o m e s on to i n d i c a t e g e n e r -
u r e i s at a m o t o r o r AC p o w e r i s lost. ator ground or f l a s h o v e r . When the
Proceed as follows: i n d i c a t i o n is r e c e i v e d , p r o c e e d as
follows:
a° T u r n p o w e r c o n t r o l s , one at a time,
t o t h e O F F p o s i t i o n . W h e n p o w e r is ao Turn power controls to the OFF
t u r n e d off at t h e a f f e c t e d m o t o r , the position.
a l ' a r m will c e a s e and the B L O W E R
b . P r e s s SR R E S E T p u s h b u t t o n on the
F A I L U R E light will go out. If power
driller's control.
s h u t off d o e s not t u r n off t h e a l a r m
signals, the b l o w e r o v e r l o a d relay C. R e - a d v a n c e p o w e r c o n t r o l s . If t h e
h a s d r o p p e d o u t b e c a u s e AC power S U R G E light c o m e s on r e p e a t e d l y ,
is lost. an i n v e s t i g a t i o n s h o u l d b e m a d e to
d e t e r m i n e t h e f a u l t y g e n e r a t o r , and
b. If i n d i v i d u a 1 b l o w e r f a i l u r e o c -
a power arrangement s e l e c t e d to
c u r r e d , p r e s s the o v e r l o a d r e s e t
avoid its u s e .
b u t t o n s at t h e m o t o r c o n t r o l c a b i n e t .
I f AC p o w e r f a i l e d , m a k e n e c e s s a r y
c o r r e c t i o n s at s o u r c e of AC power,
OPERATING DIFFICULTIES
or check fuses.
Certain operating difficulties may occur
without energizing warning lights or
4. E N G I N E O V E R L O A D L I G H T
alarms. Some difficulties that are most
l i k e l y to o c c u r and r e m e d i a l s t e p s a r e
T h i s l i g h t is e n e r g i z e d t h r o u g h a
l i s t e d in t h e f o l l o w i n g a r t i c l e s .
s w i t c h in t h e e n g i n e g o v e r n o r when
t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e i n j e c t o r r a c k s is
1. ENGINE DOES N O T R O T A T E W H E N
s u c h t h a t the a m o u n t of fuel s u p p l i e d
S T A R T I N G A T T E M t ~ IS M A D E .
to t h e c y l i n d e r s will r e s u l t in an o v e r -
l o a d . T h e s w i t c h d o e s not a f f e c t in- a. C h e c k e x t e r n a l a i r s u p p l y . P r e s -
j e c t o r r a c k p o s i t i o n o r e n g i n e speed, s u r e m u s t b e at l e a s t 150 p s i .
it m e r e l y e n e r g i z e s the w a r n i n g light.
b. C h e c k m e c h a n i s m at s t a r t e r m o t o r
W h e n t h e s i g n a l is r e c e i v e d , t h e o p e r -
to m a k e s u r e t h a t pinion is e n g a g i n g
a t o r s h o u l d p r o c e e d as f o l l o w s :
gear.

a. T u r n p o w e r c o n t r o l s to reduce c. M a k e c e r t a i n t h a t v a l v e s in air
p o w e r until t h e light g o e s o u t . supply lines are open.

- 702 -
 T R O U B L E SHOOTING
2. ENGINE ROTATES B U T DOES NOT
START
a. E n g i n e o v e r s p e e d t r i p m u s t b e in
s e t position.
b. E m e r g e n c y f u e l cutoff valve m u s t
not be t r i p p e d .
c. C h e c k that fuel s u p p l y is a d e q u a t e .
d. While o p e r a t i n g hand p r i m i n g pump,
c h e c k f o r good flow of fuel t h r o u g h
r e t u r n fuel s i g h t g l a s s .
e. C h e c k engine g o v e r n o r oil supply;
s h o u l d be showing in s i g h t g l a s s .
f. C h e c k g o v e r n o r low oil s h u t d o w n
plunger.
3. ENGINE IDLES B U T SPEED WILL
NOT INCREASE
a. I s o l a t i o n switch m u s t be in RUN
position.
b. S E L E C T O R s w i t c h m u s t be out of
O F F position.
c. C o n t r o l cable n o t c o n n e c t e d to e n -
gine g o v e r n o r , o r c o n t r o l c a b l e s not
energized.
4. ENGINE STOPS DURING O P E R A T I O N
a. Low oil p r e s s u r e d e v i c e in g o v e r n o r
tripped.
b. E n g i n e o v e r s p e e d d e v i c e t r i p p e d .
c. E m e r g e n c y fuel cutoff v a l v e t r i p p e d .
d. I n a d e q u a t e supply of f u e l .
5. ENGINE DOES NOT RESPOND TO
D R I L L E R S CONTROLS
a. I s o l a t i o n switch m u s t be in RUN
position.
b. S E L E C T O R s w i t c h m u s t be out of
O F F position.
c. S a f e t y switches m u s t be on f o r n o r -
mal operation.
- 703
d. Make a t h o r o u g h c h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y
and t i g h t n e s s of all c a b l e c o n n e c -
t i o n s , p a y i n g p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n to
control cables.
e. Verify t h a t AC p o w e r is b e i n g
delivered from the outside sources.
f. C h e c k t h a t p o w e r s h u t d o w n b u t t o n
is not s t i c k i n g in a d e p r e s s e d p o s i -
t i o n . GF c o n t a c t o r s h o u l d c l o s e
w h e n c o n t r o l l e r is t u r n e d on.
6. L A C K OF POWER
If e n g i n e s t a r t s , r e s p o n d s to c o n t r o l s ,
and a p p a r e n t l y f u n c t i o n s p r o p e r l y , y e t
d o e s not S e e m to h a v e p r o p e r p o w e r ,
a t h o r o u g h c h e c k of t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s
is a d v i s a b l e .
Insufficient Fuel
a. C h e c k f o r a d e q u a t e fuel s u p p l y .
b. I n j e c t o r r a c k s s h o u l d not be in t h e
full open p o s i t i o n . If t h e y a r e , t h e
e n g i n e is s t a r v i n g f o r f u e l .
c. C h e c k f o r flow o b s t r u c t i o n in all
fuel l i n e s and f i l t e r s .
d. In cold w e a t h e r c h e c k t h e p o u r point
of t h e f u e l . A m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e
s h o u l d be at l e a s t 10 ° F. above t h e
p o u r point of t h e f u e l . If a m b i e n t
t e m p e r a t u r e is low, it m a y be n e c -
e s s a r y to c h a n g e t h e g r a d e of fuel
used.
e. If e q u i p m e n t is w o r k i n g f o r t h e f i r s t
t i m e on a new l o c a t i o n , c h e c k i n -
s t a l l a t i o n f o r fuel s u c t i o n line s i z e
( d i a m e t e r t o o s m a l l on l o n g runs)
and f o r t o t a l p u m p s u c t i o n lift (not
over twenty feet).
Insufficient Air
a. B l o w e r a i r i n t a k e o b s t r u c t e d . C h e c k
for dirty, damaged, or clogged
filters.
-
 TROUBLE SHOOTING
b. On e n c l o s e d i n s t a l l a t i o n s c h e c k for
a d e q u a t e a i r in engine c o m p a r t m e n t .
c. E x c e s s i v e e x h a u s t b a c k p r e s s u r e .
d. Low c o m p r e s s i o n , c h e c k f o r exhaust
v a l v e s s t i c k i n g or b u r n e d , o r com-
p r e s s i o n r i n g s w o r n e x c e s s i v e l y or
broken.
I m p r o p e r Engine A d j u s t m e n t s
For p r o c e d u r e r e g a r d i n g engine ad-
j u s t m e n t , s e e the Engine Maintenance
Manual.
a. G o v e r n o r a d j u s t m e n t s .
b. I n j e c t o r r a c k s e t t i n g .
c. I n j e c t o r t i m i n g .
d. E x h a u s t valve c l e a r a n c e .
IMPROPER EXCITATION CIRCUIT
ADJUSTMENT
For information regarding excitation cir-
cuit a d j u s t m e n t , s e e the a p p l i c a b l e sche-
m a t i c w i r i n g d i a g r a m and t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
I t e m No. 10 in this m a n u a l .
7. EXHAUST SMOKE
N o r m a l l y , when an engine is p r o p e r l y
t u n e d and is at r e c o m m e n d e d working
t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e r e should be no appre-
c i a b l e e x h a u s t s m o k e . H o w e v e r , when
f i r s t s t a r t i n g engine o r a f t e r a pro-
longed p e r i o d of idling, blue o r gray
s m o k e will be noticed, but should clear
up within a s h o r t p e r i o d of t i m e . Con-
t i n u o u s e x h a u s t s m o k e should be in-
vestigated.
Black Or Gray Smoke
a. Insufficient c o m b u s t i o n a i r .
b. E x c e s s fuel or irregular distri-
bution.
- 704 -
c. I m p r o p e r g r a d e of f u e l .
Blue Exhaust S m o k e
a. Lube oil e n t e r i n g c y l i n d e r s .
White E x h a u s t S m o k e
a. Faulty i n j e c t o r s .
b. Low c o m p r e s s i o n .
c. I m p r o p e r g r a d e of fuel.
8. EXCESSIVE LUBE OIL
CONSUM PTION
S o m e p e r i o d s of r e l a t i v e l y high lube
oil c o n s u m p t i o n a r e n o r m a l , s u c h as
the b r e a k - i n p e r i o d f o r new p o w e r
a s s e m b l i e s ( c y l i n d e r l i n e r s , piston
rings, and r o d s ) . Oil c o n s u m p t i o n in
new power a s s e m b l i e s o c c u r s until the
oil c o n t r o l r i n g s at the l o w e r p o r t i o n
of the pistons a r e p r o p e r l y s e a t e d . If
new power a s s e m b l i e s a r e not in-
volved, c h e c k f o r the f o l l o w i n ~
Lube Oil L e a k s
a. Oil lines and c o n n e c t i o n s .
b. Gasket or s e a l l e a k a g e .
c. If e x c e s s lube oil is noticed at the
a i r box d r a i n s , c h e c k f o r i n t e r n a l
l e a k a g e of the b l o w e r oil s e a l ( s ) .
Oil Control At The C y l i n d e r
a. Oil c o n t r o l r i n g s worn, b r o k e n o r
improperly installed.
b. S c o r e d l i n e r s , pistons, o r r i n g s .
9. CYLINDER TEST VALVES
E a c h c y l i n d e r is equipped with a c y l i n -
d e r t e s t valve for p u r p o s e s of t e s t i n g
f o r fuel or w a t e r a c c u m u l a t i o n in the
c y l i n d e r s p r i o r to s t a r t i n g an engine
that has b e e n shut down f o r a c o n -
s i d e r a b l e period, s u c h as d u r i n g s t o r -
 TROUBLE SHOOTING

age o r shipment. The v a l v e s also

f u n c t i o n to r e l i e v e c o m p r e s s i o n p r e s -
I
[",.(,~/•120100-150
VoltAC

Watt
s u r e w h e n making m a i n t e n a n c e c h e c k s . I / y - . 110Volt Test Lamp
To m a k e a t e s t f o r w a t e r a c c u m u l a t i o n ,
m a k e c e r t a i n that the c o m p r e s s e d a i r
supply to the engine s t a r t e r is t u r n e d
l
\
off. Open all c y l i n d e r t e s t v a l v e s
a p p r o x i m a t e l y t h r e e full t u r n s , and
IL ,.o--,
• v,,2

u s e the engine j a c k i n g tool to r o t a t e No

Voltage
the e n g i n e one c o m p l e t e r e v o l u t i o n .
If liquid is d i s c h a r g e d f r o m any c y l -
i m t e r , investigate; if no liquid is d i s -
c h a r g e d , close c y l i n d e r t e s t valves,
and r e s t o r e air p r e s s u r e to the s t a r t -
m g piping.
11565

S t a r t the engine in the u s u a l m a n n e r . Fig. 7-1 -- R e a c t o r C h e c k C i r c u i t

If the e n g i n e is r u n n i n g and any c y l -
i n d e r t e s t valve is h e a r d leaking, the and c o n t r o l w i n d i n g s . No voltage will
e n g i n e should be stopped and the valve be induced in the 3-4 windings.
o r v a l v e s should be t i g h t e n e d .
If voltage a c r o s s 1-2 is 20 volts, t h e
10. GENERATORS NOT P R O P E R L Y 7-8 would be 50 v o l t s and 9-10 should
EXCITED be 125 volts. T h e s e v a l u e s will v a r y
s o m e w h a t due to t h e load i m p o s e d b y
L o o s e O r B r o k e n C o n n e c t i o n s At t h e m e t e r used, but absolute v a l u e s
Reactors a r e not n e c e s s a r y .

a. If the b i a s windings 7-8 a r e not The resistance to ground c a n b e

e x c i t e d , the unit will d e v e l o p e x c e s s c h e c k e d with a m e g g e r in the c o n v e n -
p o w e r w h e n the d r i l l e r s c o n t r o l is tional m a n n e r .
b a r e l y opened.
Open Windings
b. If c o n t r o l windings 11-12 a r e not
e x c i t e d , the unit will not develop Open windings c a n be c h e c k e d with
power. any good o h m m e t e r .

C, If the p o w e r wihdings 1-2 o r 3-4 a r e

not connected, e x c e s s and uncon-
t r o l l a b l e power w i l l be d e v e l o p e d .
~ h o r t e d T u r n s Ih R e a c t o r s
If s h o r t e d turns., a r e s u s p e c t e d , a 100-
150 volt t e s t light c a n be c o n n e c t e d in
s e r i e s with, for e x a m p l e , the 1-2 r e -
a c t o r windings as s h o w n in Fig. 7-1.
An AC v o l t m e t e r c a n then be u s e d to
c h e c k the induced v o l t a g e s in the b i a s
Defective Rectifiers
P o w e r need not be applied to c h e c k t h e
r e c t i f i e r s . T h e r e a c t o r load windings
should be d i s c o n n e c t e d as shown in
Fig. 7-2 to p r e v e n t p a r a l l e l r e s i s t a n c e
paths.
With GF c o n t a c t o r open, an o h m m e t e r
should show a high r e s i s t a n c e r e a d i n g
w h e n ' t h e positive l e a d is on the p o s i -
tive s i d e of the r e c t i f i e r , and a low

705 -
 T R O U B L E SHOOTING

E x c i t a t i o n And P o w e r L i m i t C i r c u i t s
4t 4 4;
FMI FM2 FM3 Out Of A d j u s t m e n t

3#AC
60A ?~o 2 FMI 2
Ohmmet_er._i" t
FM22 FM3
Data r e g a r d i n g c a l i b r a t i o n of the e x -
c i t a t i o n s y s t e m is p r o v i d e d on the
applicable schematic wiring diagram.
-'--i ' '-
P o w e r c u r v e s and d e t a i l e d i n s t r u c t i o n s
' ~,I Ohmmeter will b e p r o v i d e d b y the S e r v i c e D e p a r t -
r - - 6 ~ -( ",--;
ment, E l e c t r o - M o t i v e Division,
• ~.
)Gen. volt,me,e, "~-'-- 6~
:~v. UI~~ '
HI'"
- '
General Motors Corporation, La
Grange, I l l i n o i s .

A d e f e c t i v e PLS m a y r e s u l t in it e i t h e r
/
J
108 Volt Milliomet
e,r.., b e i n g t u r n e d full on o r off. In c a s e the
I,O'AC l 15Watt"~" X2tlIITI2 PLS is full on m a x i m u m e x c i t a t i o n will
Lomp " ;~" -i r e s u l t and the engine m a y b o g down with
il566 r a p i d m o v e m e n t of the c o n t r o l l e r . In
c a s e the PLS is full off no e x e i t a t i o n is
F i g . 7-2 -- R e c t i f i e r R e a c t o r Checking
d e l i v e r e d and t h e r e f o r e no p o w e r will
develop.
r e a d i n g when it is o n t h e negative s i d e .
A low r e a d i n g on the o h m m e t e r when A d e f e c t i v e PLS is s e r v i c e d as an
t h e p o s i t i v e lead is o n t h e p o s i t i v e s i d e a s s e m b l y only and should b e r e p l a c e d
of the r e c t i f i e r i n d i c a t e s a s h o r t e d o r with a c o m p l e t e l y new P L S .
bad rectifier.
R e f e r to Fig. 7-3 f o r the r e c o m m e n d e d
Defective Transductor Reactors
m e t h o d of c h e c k i n g the o p e r a t i o n of the
GVT And GCT
r e a c t o r s that a r e p a r t of the m a g n e t i c
With AC voltage applied t o GVT r e - amplifier.
a c t o r s , t h e y c a n b e c h e c k e d f o r shorted AC
t u r n s b y r e a d i n g the AC voltage d r o p Voltmeter
I

a c r o s s v a r i o u s windings a s shown in I ~ 4. 8o ~ ~ 200

Fig. 7 - 2 . ~+---L - ~ = 10o L ~500 ~L
T o c h e c k the GCT r e a c t o r s connect a
-~o 9 ~ ~Turns I - ~
\ Z= ,20 ~ ~s00 ~3~
10 or 15 watt t e s t light in s e r i e s with .. ~r~ [ II°~-I'I
l~ :==ITurns ~
the GCT coil and p l a c e a m i l l i a m m e t e r co. s
in the c i r c u i t . C h e c k t w o or m o r e
r e a c t o r s . The m i l l i a m m e t e r reading
>~uo~1 ~ Hilliammeter
should v a r y b y no m o r e t h a n 50 m i l l i -
a m p e r e s if the r e a c t o r s a r e in good
order.
Autotransforme~j [
Defective Transformers,
II0 VAC 60 Cycles
House Current
T l l , T12, T21, T22
Apply 50 RMS 60 cycle v o l t s to tile I - 2 coil: Repeat with the
3-4 coil,
T h e s e a r e conventional 1 to 4 r a t i o Add the two millimnpcre readings. The sum must not exceed
t r a n s f o r m e r s and can be checked in a 750 milliamperes.
12448
m a n n e r s i m i l a r to that u s e d for r e -
actors. Fig. 7-3 -- R e a c t o r C h e c k C i r c u i t

- 706 -